Then the LORD said to Moses,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            יְהֹוָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהֹוָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     Then the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         Then the LORD 
    
 
        
            וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ḏab·bêr
                
                
                     said 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to speak, declare, converse, command, promise, warn, threaten, sing <BR> 1a) (Qal) to speak <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to speak with one another, talk <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to speak <BR> 1c2) to promise <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be spoken <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to speak <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to lead away, put to flight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ḏab·bêr
         said 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            מֹשֶׁ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹשֶׁ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·šeh
                
                
                     Moses 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·šeh
         Moses 
    
 
        
            לֵּאמֹֽר׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵּאמֹֽר׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lê·mōr
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lê·mōr
         . . . , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            “Tell the Israelites to turn back and encamp before Pi-hahiroth, between Migdol and the sea. You are to encamp by the sea, directly opposite Baal-zephon.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            דַּבֵּר֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דַּבֵּר֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dab·bêr
                
                
                     “ Tell 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to speak, declare, converse, command, promise, warn, threaten, sing <BR> 1a) (Qal) to speak <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to speak with one another, talk <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to speak <BR> 1c2) to promise <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be spoken <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to speak <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to lead away, put to flight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dab·bêr
         “ Tell 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     the Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         the Israelites 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            וְיָשֻׁ֗בוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיָשֻׁ֗בוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yā·šu·ḇū
                
                
                     turn back 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7725 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to return, turn back <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to turn back, return <BR> 1a1a) to turn back <BR> 1a1b) to return, come or go back <BR> 1a1c) to return unto, go back, come back <BR> 1a1d) of dying <BR> 1a1e) of human relations (fig) <BR> 1a1f) of spiritual relations (fig) <BR> 1a1f1) to turn back (from God), apostatise <BR> 1a1f2) to turn away (of God) <BR> 1a1f3) to turn back (to God), repent <BR> 1a1f4) turn back (from evil) <BR> 1a1g) of inanimate things <BR> 1a1h) in repetition <BR> 1b) (Polel) <BR> 1b1) to bring back <BR> 1b2) to restore, refresh, repair (fig) <BR> 1b3) to lead away (enticingly) <BR> 1b4) to show turning, apostatise <BR> 1c) (Pual) restored (participle) <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to cause to return, bring back <BR> 1d1) to bring back, allow to return, put back, draw back, give back, restore, relinquish, give in payment <BR> 1d2) to bring back, refresh, restore <BR> 1d3) to bring back, report to, answer <BR> 1d4) to bring back, make requital, pay (as recompense) <BR> 1d5) to turn back or backward, repel, defeat, repulse, hinder, reject, refuse <BR> 1d6) to turn away (face), turn toward <BR> 1d7) to turn against <BR> 1d8) to bring back to mind <BR> 1d9) to show a turning away 1d10) to reverse, revoke <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to be returned, be restored, be brought back <BR> 1f) (Pulal) brought back 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yā·šu·ḇū
         turn back 
    
 
        
            וְיַחֲנוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיַחֲנוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ya·ḥă·nū
                
                
                     and encamp 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2583 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to decline, incline, encamp, bend down, lay siege against <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to decline <BR> 1a2) to encamp 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ya·ḥă·nū
         and encamp 
    
 
        
            לִפְנֵי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִפְנֵי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lip̄·nê
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lip̄·nê
         before 
    
 
        
            פִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pî
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                         
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6367 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Pi-hahiroth = |place where sedge grows|<BR> 1) the 3rd encampment of the Israelites after leaving Goshen in Egypt and the last one before crossing the Red Sea 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pî
         vvv 
    
 
        
            הַחִירֹ֔ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַחִירֹ֔ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·ḥî·rōṯ
                
                
                     Pi-hahiroth , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6367 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Pi-hahiroth = |place where sedge grows|<BR> 1) the 3rd encampment of the Israelites after leaving Goshen in Egypt and the last one before crossing the Red Sea 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·ḥî·rōṯ
         Pi-hahiroth , 
    
 
        
            בֵּ֥ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּ֥ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bên
                
                
                     between 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        996 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) between, among, in the midst of (with other preps), from between 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bên
         between 
    
 
        
            מִגְדֹּ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְדֹּ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·dōl
                
                
                     Migdol 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4024 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Migdol = |tower| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) a fortified city on the Egyptian border <BR> n m <BR> 2) tower 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·dōl
         Migdol 
    
 
        
            וּבֵ֣ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבֵ֣ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇên
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        996 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) between, among, in the midst of (with other preps), from between 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇên
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הַיָּ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיָּ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yām
                
                
                     and the sea . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3220 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sea <BR> 1a) Mediterranean Sea <BR> 1b) Red Sea <BR> 1c) Dead Sea <BR> 1d) Sea of Galilee <BR> 1e) sea (general) <BR> 1f) mighty river (Nile) <BR> 1g) the sea (the great basin in the temple court) <BR> 1h) seaward, west, westward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yām
         and the sea . 
    
 
        
            תַחֲנ֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַחֲנ֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯa·ḥă·nū
                
                
                     You are to encamp 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2583 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to decline, incline, encamp, bend down, lay siege against <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to decline <BR> 1a2) to encamp 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯa·ḥă·nū
         You are to encamp 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     by 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         by 
    
 
        
            הַיָּֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיָּֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yām
                
                
                     the sea , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3220 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sea <BR> 1a) Mediterranean Sea <BR> 1b) Red Sea <BR> 1c) Dead Sea <BR> 1d) Sea of Galilee <BR> 1e) sea (general) <BR> 1f) mighty river (Nile) <BR> 1g) the sea (the great basin in the temple court) <BR> 1h) seaward, west, westward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yām
         the sea , 
    
 
        
            לִפְנֵי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִפְנֵי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lip̄·nê
                
                
                     directly opposite 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lip̄·nê
         directly opposite 
    
 
        
            בַּ֣עַל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּ֣עַל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ba·‘al
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1189 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Baal Tsphon or Baal-zephon = |lord of the north|<BR> 1) a place in Egypt near the Red Sea where Pharaoh and his army were destroyed during the Exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ba·‘al
         vvv 
    
 
        
            צְפֹ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צְפֹ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣə·p̄ōn
                
                
                     Baal-zephon 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1189 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Baal Tsphon or Baal-zephon = |lord of the north|<BR> 1) a place in Egypt near the Red Sea where Pharaoh and his army were destroyed during the Exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣə·p̄ōn
         Baal-zephon 
    
 
        
            נִכְח֥וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נִכְח֥וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    niḵ·ḥōw
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5227 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        <BR> subst <BR> 1) be in front of <BR> adv <BR> 2) in front of, opposite to, in the sight of, before, to the front, right on <BR> prep <BR> 3) towards the front of, in front of, on behalf of, as far as in front of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        niḵ·ḥōw
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            For Pharaoh will say of the Israelites, ‘They are wandering the land in confusion; the wilderness has boxed them in.’
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            פַּרְעֹה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַּרְעֹה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    par·‘ōh
                
                
                     For Pharaoh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6547 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Pharaoh = |great house|<BR> 1) the common title of the king of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        par·‘ōh
         For Pharaoh 
    
 
        
            וְאָמַ֤ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָמַ֤ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·mar
                
                
                     will say 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·mar
         will say 
    
 
        
            לִבְנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִבְנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liḇ·nê
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liḇ·nê
         vvv 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     of the Israelites , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         of the Israelites , 
    
 
        
            הֵ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֵ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hêm
                
                
                     ‘ They 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1992 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) they, these, the same, who 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hêm
         ‘ They 
    
 
        
            בָּאָ֑רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּאָ֑רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     are wandering the land 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·’ā·reṣ
         are wandering the land 
    
 
        
            נְבֻכִ֥ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְבֻכִ֥ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḇu·ḵîm
                
                
                     in confusion ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        943 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to perplex, confuse, be confused <BR> 1a) (Niphal) to be confused, be in confusion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḇu·ḵîm
         in confusion ; 
    
 
        
            הַמִּדְבָּֽר׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמִּדְבָּֽר׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·miḏ·bār
                
                
                     the wilderness 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4057 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wilderness <BR> 1a) pasture <BR> 1b) uninhabited land, wilderness<BR> 1c) large tracts of wilderness (around cities) <BR> 1d) wilderness (fig.) <BR> 2) mouth <BR> 2a) mouth (as organ of speech) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·miḏ·bār
         the wilderness 
    
 
        
            סָגַ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סָגַ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sā·ḡar
                
                
                     has boxed them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5462 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to shut, close <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to shut <BR> 1a2) to close, close up <BR> 1a3) closed up, closely joined, shut up <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be shut up <BR> 1b2) to be shut or closed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to shut up, deliver up <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be shut up <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to deliver up <BR> 1e2) to shut up, imprison 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sā·ḡar
         has boxed them 
    
 
        
            עֲלֵיהֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲלֵיהֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·lê·hem
                
                
                     in . ’ 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·lê·hem
         in . ’ 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And I will harden Pharaoh’s heart so that he will pursue them. But I will gain honor by means of Pharaoh and all his army, and the Egyptians will know that I am the LORD.” So this is what the Israelites did.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְחִזַּקְתִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְחִזַּקְתִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḥiz·zaq·tî
                
                
                     And I will harden 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2388 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to strengthen, prevail, harden, be strong, become strong, be courageous, be firm, grow firm, be resolute, be sore <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be strong, grow strong <BR> 1a1a) to prevail, prevail upon <BR> 1a1b) to be firm, be caught fast, be secure <BR> 1a1c) to press, be urgent <BR> 1a1d) to grow stout, grow rigid, grow hard (bad sense) <BR> 1a1e) to be severe, be grievous <BR> 1a2) to strengthen <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to make strong <BR> 1b2) to restore to strength, give strength <BR> 1b3) to strengthen, sustain, encourage <BR> 1b4) to make strong, make bold, encourage <BR> 1b5) to make firm <BR> 1b6) to make rigid, make hard <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to make strong, strengthen <BR> 1c2) to make firm <BR> 1c3) to display strength <BR> 1c4) to make severe <BR> 1c5) to support <BR> 1c6) to repair <BR> 1c7) to prevail, prevail upon <BR> 1c8) to have or take or keep hold of, retain, hold up, sustain, support <BR> 1c9) to hold, contain <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) <BR> 1d1) to strengthen oneself <BR> 1d2) to put forth strength, use one's strength <BR> 1d3) to withstand <BR> 1d4) to hold strongly with 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḥiz·zaq·tî
         And I will harden 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            פַּרְעֹה֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַּרְעֹה֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    par·‘ōh
                
                
                     Pharaoh’s 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6547 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Pharaoh = |great house|<BR> 1) the common title of the king of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        par·‘ōh
         Pharaoh’s 
    
 
        
            לֵב־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵב־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lêḇ-
                
                
                     heart 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3820 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) inner man, mind, will, heart, understanding <BR> 1a) inner part, midst <BR> 1a1) midst (of things) <BR> 1a2) heart (of man) <BR> 1a3) soul, heart (of man) <BR> 1a4) mind, knowledge, thinking, reflection, memory <BR> 1a5) inclination, resolution, determination (of will) <BR> 1a6) conscience <BR> 1a7) heart (of moral character) <BR> 1a8) as seat of appetites <BR> 1a9) as seat of emotions and passions 1a10) as seat of courage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lêḇ-
         heart 
    
 
        
            וְרָדַ֣ף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְרָדַ֣ף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·rā·ḏap̄
                
                
                     so that he will pursue 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7291 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be behind, follow after, pursue, persecute, run after<BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pursue, put to flight, chase, dog, attend closely upon <BR> 1a2) to persecute, harass (fig) <BR> 1a3) to follow after, aim to secure (fig) <BR> 1a4) to run after (a bribe) (fig) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be pursued <BR> 1b2) one pursued (participle) <BR> 1c) (Piel) to pursue ardently, aim eagerly to secure, pursue <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be pursued, be chased away <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) to pursue, chase 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·rā·ḏap̄
         so that he will pursue 
    
 
        
            אַחֲרֵיהֶם֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַחֲרֵיהֶם֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·ḥă·rê·hem
                
                
                     them . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        310 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) after the following part, behind (of place), hinder, afterwards (of time)<BR> 1a) as an adverb <BR> 1a1) behind (of place) <BR> 1a2) afterwards (of time) <BR> 1b) as a preposition <BR> 1b1) behind, after (of place) <BR> 1b2) after (of time) <BR> 1b3) besides <BR> 1c) as a conjunction <BR> 1c) after that <BR> 1d) as a substantive <BR> 1d1) hinder part <BR> 1e) with other prepositions <BR> 1e1) from behind <BR> 1e2) from following after 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·ḥă·rê·hem
         them . 
    
 
        
            וְאִכָּבְדָ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאִכָּבְדָ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ik·kā·ḇə·ḏāh
                
                
                     But I will gain honor 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Nifal - Conjunctive imperfect Cohortative - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3513 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be heavy, be weighty, be grievous, be hard, be rich, be honourable, be glorious, be burdensome, be honoured <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be heavy <BR> 1a2) to be heavy, be insensible, be dull <BR> 1a3) to be honoured <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be made heavy, be honoured, enjoy honour, be made abundant <BR> 1b2) to get oneself glory or honour, gain glory <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to make heavy, make dull, make insensible <BR> 1c2) to make honourable, honour, glorify <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be made honourable, be honoured <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to make heavy <BR> 1e2) to make heavy, make dull, make unresponsive <BR> 1e3) to cause to be honoured <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) <BR> 1f1) to make oneself heavy, make oneself dense, make oneself numerous <BR> 1f2) to honour oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ik·kā·ḇə·ḏāh
         But I will gain honor 
    
 
        
            בְּפַרְעֹה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּפַרְעֹה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·p̄ar·‘ōh
                
                
                     by means of Pharaoh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6547 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Pharaoh = |great house|<BR> 1) the common title of the king of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·p̄ar·‘ōh
         by means of Pharaoh 
    
 
        
            וּבְכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·ḵāl
                
                
                     and all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·ḵāl
         and all 
    
 
        
            חֵיל֔וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֵיל֔וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥê·lōw
                
                
                     his army , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) strength, might, efficiency, wealth, army <BR> 1a) strength <BR> 1b) ability, efficiency <BR> 1c) wealth <BR> 1d) force, army 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥê·lōw
         his army , 
    
 
        
            מִצְרַ֖יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרַ֖יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     and the Egyptians 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4713 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egyptian = see Egypte |double straits|<BR> 1) Egyptian-an inhabitant or citizen of Egypt <BR> 1a) an Egyptian <BR> 1b) the Egyptian 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ra·yim
         and the Egyptians 
    
 
        
            וְיָדְע֥וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיָדְע֥וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yā·ḏə·‘ū
                
                
                     will know 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3045 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to know <BR> 1a1a) to know, learn to know <BR> 1a1b) to perceive <BR> 1a1c) to perceive and see, find out and discern <BR> 1a1d) to discriminate, distinguish <BR> 1a1e) to know by experience <BR> 1a1f) to recognise, admit, acknowledge, confess <BR> 1a1g) to consider <BR> 1a2) to know, be acquainted with <BR> 1a3) to know (a person carnally) <BR> 1a4) to know how, be skilful in <BR> 1a5) to have knowledge, be wise <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be made known, be or become known, be revealed <BR> 1b2) to make oneself known <BR> 1b3) to be perceived <BR> 1b4) to be instructed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to know <BR> 1d) (Poal) to cause to know <BR> 1e) (Pual) <BR> 1e1) to be known <BR> 1e2) known, one known, acquaintance (participle) <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to make known, declare <BR> 1g) (Hophal) to be made known <BR> 1h) (Hithpael) to make oneself known, reveal oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yā·ḏə·‘ū
         will know 
    
 
        
            כִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî-
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî-
         that 
    
 
        
            אֲנִ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנִ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nî
                
                
                     I 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        589 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nî
         I 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     am the LORD . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         am the LORD . ” 
    
 
        
            כֵֽן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֵֽן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵên
                
                
                     So this is what 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3651 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adv <BR> 1) so, therefore, thus <BR> 1a) thus, so <BR> 1b) just so <BR> 1c) therefore <BR> 1d) so...as (paired with adv) <BR> 1e) then <BR> 1f) forasmuch as (in phrase) <BR> 1g) (with prep) <BR> 1g1) therefore, this being so (specific) <BR> 1g2) hitherto <BR> 1g3) therefore, on this ground (general) <BR> 1g4) afterwards <BR> 1g5) in such case <BR> adj <BR> 2) right, just, honest, true, veritable <BR> 2a) right, just, honest <BR> 2b) correct <BR> 2c) true, veritable <BR> 2d) true!, right!, correct! (in assent) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵên
         So this is what 
    
 
        
            וַיַּֽעֲשׂוּ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּֽעֲשׂוּ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ya·‘ă·śū-
                
                
                     the Israelites did . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ya·‘ă·śū-
         the Israelites did . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            When the king of Egypt was told that the people had fled, Pharaoh and his officials changed their minds about them and said, “What have we done? We have released Israel from serving us.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            לְמֶ֣לֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמֶ֣לֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·me·leḵ
                
                
                     When the king 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·me·leḵ
         When the king 
    
 
        
            מִצְרַ֔יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרַ֔יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     of Egypt 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ra·yim
         of Egypt 
    
 
        
            וַיֻּגַּד֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֻּגַּד֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yug·gaḏ
                
                
                     was told 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hofal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be conspicuous, tell, make known <BR> 1a) (Hiphil) to tell, declare <BR> 1a1) to tell, announce, report <BR> 1a2) to declare, make known, expound <BR> 1a3) to inform of <BR> 1a4) to publish, declare, proclaim <BR> 1a5) to avow, acknowledge, confess <BR> 1a5a) messenger (participle) <BR> 1b) (Hophal) to be told, be announced, be reported 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yug·gaḏ
         was told 
    
 
        
            כִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         that 
    
 
        
            הָעָ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעָ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ām
                
                
                     the people 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nation, people <BR> 1a) people, nation <BR> 1b) persons, members of one's people, compatriots, country-men <BR> 2) kinsman, kindred 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ām
         the people 
    
 
        
            בָרַ֖ח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָרַ֖ח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇā·raḥ
                
                
                     had fled , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1272 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go through, flee, run away, chase, drive away, put to flight, reach, shoot (extend), hurry away <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go, pass through <BR> 1a2) to flee <BR> 1a3) to hasten, come quickly <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to pass through <BR> 1b2) to cause to flee, put to flight <BR> 1b3) to drive away 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇā·raḥ
         had fled , 
    
 
        
            פַּרְעֹ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַּרְעֹ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    par·‘ōh
                
                
                     Pharaoh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6547 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Pharaoh = |great house|<BR> 1) the common title of the king of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        par·‘ōh
         Pharaoh 
    
 
        
            וַעֲבָדָיו֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַעֲבָדָיו֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·‘ă·ḇā·ḏāw
                
                
                     and his officials 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5650 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) slave, servant <BR> 1a) slave, servant, man-servant <BR> 1b) subjects <BR> 1c) servants, worshippers (of God) <BR> 1d) servant (in special sense as prophets, Levites etc) <BR> 1e) servant (of Israel) <BR> 1f) servant (as form of address between equals) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·‘ă·ḇā·ḏāw
         and his officials 
    
 
        
            וַ֠יֵּהָפֵךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַ֠יֵּהָפֵךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yê·hā·p̄êḵ
                
                
                     changed 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Nifal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2015 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to turn, overthrow, overturn <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to overturn, overthrow <BR> 1a2) to turn, turn about, turn over, turn around <BR> 1a3) to change, transform <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to turn oneself, turn, turn back <BR> 1b2) to change oneself <BR> 1b3) to be perverse <BR> 1b4) to be turned, be turned over, be changed, be turned against <BR> 1b5) to be reversed <BR> 1b6) to be overturned, be overthrown <BR> 1b7) to be upturned <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to transform oneself <BR> 1c2) to turn this way and that, turn every way <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to turn on someone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yê·hā·p̄êḵ
         changed 
    
 
        
            לְבַ֨ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְבַ֨ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḇaḇ
                
                
                     their minds 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3824 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) inner man, mind, will, heart, soul, understanding <BR> 1a) inner part, midst <BR> 1a1) midst (of things) <BR> 1a2) heart (of man) <BR> 1a3) soul, heart (of man) <BR> 1a4) mind, knowledge, thinking, reflection, memory <BR> 1a5) inclination, resolution, determination (of will) <BR> 1a6) conscience <BR> 1a7) heart (of moral character) <BR> 1a8) as seat of appetites <BR> 1a9) as seat of emotions and passions 1a10) as seat of courage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḇaḇ
         their minds 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     about 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         about 
    
 
        
            הָעָ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעָ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ām
                
                
                     [them] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nation, people <BR> 1a) people, nation <BR> 1b) persons, members of one's people, compatriots, country-men <BR> 2) kinsman, kindred 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ām
         [them] 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּֽאמרוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּֽאמרוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·m·rū
                
                
                     and said , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·m·rū
         and said , 
    
 
        
            מַה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mah-
                
                
                     “ What 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Interrogative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4100 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        interr pron<BR> 1) what, how, of what kind <BR> 1a) (interrogative) <BR> 1a1) what? <BR> 1a2) of what kind <BR> 1a3) what? (rhetorical) <BR> 1a4) whatsoever, whatever, what <BR> 1b) (adverb) <BR> 1b1) how, how now <BR> 1b2) why <BR> 1b3) how! (exclamation) <BR> 1c) (with prep) <BR> 1c1) wherein?, whereby?, wherewith?, by what means? <BR> 1c2) because of what? <BR> 1c3) the like of what? <BR> 1c3a) how much?, how many?, how often? <BR> 1c3b) for how long? <BR> 1c4) for what reason?, why?, to what purpose? <BR> 1c5) until when?, how long?, upon what?, wherefore? <BR> indef pron <BR> 2) anything, aught, what may 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mah-
         “ What 
    
 
        
            זֹּ֣את 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זֹּ֣את 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zōṯ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2063 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, this one, here, which, this...that, the one...the other, such <BR> 1a) (alone) <BR> 1a1) this one <BR> 1a2) this...that, the one...the other, another <BR> 1b) (appos to subst) <BR> 1b1) this <BR> 1c) (as predicate) <BR> 1c1) this, such <BR> 1d) (enclitically) <BR> 1d1) then <BR> 1d2) who, whom <BR> 1d3) how now, what now <BR> 1d4) what now <BR> 1d5) wherefore now <BR> 1d6) behold here <BR> 1d7) just now <BR> 1d8) now, now already <BR> 1e) (poetry) <BR> 1e1) wherein, which, those who <BR> 1f) (with prefixes) <BR> 1f1) in this (place) here, then <BR> 1f2) on these conditions, herewith, thus provided, by, through this, for this cause, in this matter <BR> 1f3) thus and thus <BR> 1f4) as follows, things such as these, accordingly, to that effect, in like manner, thus and thus <BR> 1f5) from here, hence, on one side...on the other side <BR> 1f6) on this account <BR> 1f7) in spite of this, which, whence, how 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zōṯ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עָשִׂ֔ינוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָשִׂ֔ינוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·śî·nū
                
                
                     have we done ? 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·śî·nū
         have we done ? 
    
 
        
            כִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            שִׁלַּ֥חְנוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שִׁלַּ֥חְנוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šil·laḥ·nū
                
                
                     We have released 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to send, send away, let go, stretch out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to send <BR> 1a2) to stretch out, extend, direct <BR> 1a3) to send away <BR> 1a4) to let loose <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be sent <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to send off or away or out or forth, dismiss, give over, cast out <BR> 1c2) to let go, set free <BR> 1c3) to shoot forth (of branches) <BR> 1c4) to let down <BR> 1c5) to shoot <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be sent off, be put away, be divorced, be impelled <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) to send 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šil·laḥ·nū
         We have released 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     Israel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         Israel 
    
 
        
            מֵעָבְדֵֽנוּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵעָבְדֵֽנוּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·‘ā·ḇə·ḏê·nū
                
                
                     from serving us . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5647 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to work, serve <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to labour, work, do work <BR> 1a2) to work for another, serve another by labour <BR> 1a3) to serve as subjects <BR> 1a4) to serve (God) <BR> 1a5) to serve (with Levitical service) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be worked, be tilled (of land) <BR> 1b2) to make oneself a servant <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be worked <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to compel to labour or work, cause to labour, cause to serve <BR> 1d2) to cause to serve as subjects <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to be led or enticed to serve 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·‘ā·ḇə·ḏê·nū
         from serving us . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So Pharaoh prepared his chariot and took his army with him.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַיֶּאְסֹ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֶּאְסֹ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ye’·sōr
                
                
                     So [Pharaoh] prepared 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        631 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to tie, bind, imprison <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to tie, bind <BR> 1a2) to tie, harness <BR> 1a3) to bind (with cords) <BR> 1a4) to gird (rare and late) <BR> 1a5) to begin the battle, make the attack <BR> 1a6) of obligation of oath (figurative) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be imprisoned, bound <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be taken prisoner 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ye’·sōr
         So [Pharaoh] prepared 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            רִכְבּ֑וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רִכְבּ֑וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    riḵ·bōw
                
                
                     his chariot 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7393 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a team, chariot, chariotry, mill-stone, riders <BR> 1a) chariotry, chariots <BR> 1b) chariot (single) <BR> 1c) upper millstone (as riding on lower millstone) <BR> 1d) riders, troop (of riders), horsemen, pair of horsemen, men riding, ass-riders, camel-riders 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        riḵ·bōw
         his chariot 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            לָקַ֥ח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָקַ֥ח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·qaḥ
                
                
                     and took 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3947 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to take, get, fetch, lay hold of, seize, receive, acquire, buy, bring, marry, take a wife, snatch, take away <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take, take in the hand <BR> 1a2) to take and carry along <BR> 1a3) to take from, take out of, take, carry away, take away <BR> 1a4) to take to or for a person, procure, get, take possession of, select, choose, take in marriage, receive, accept <BR> 1a5) to take up or upon, put upon <BR> 1a6) to fetch <BR> 1a7) to take, lead, conduct <BR> 1a8) to take, capture, seize <BR> 1a9) to take, carry off 1a10) to take (vengeance) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be captured <BR> 1b2) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1b3) to be taken, brought unto <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be taken from or out of <BR> 1c2) to be stolen from <BR> 1c3) to be taken captive <BR> 1c4) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be taken unto, be brought unto <BR> 1d2) to be taken out of <BR> 1d3) to be taken away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) <BR> 1e1) to take hold of oneself <BR> 1e2) to flash about (of lightning) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·qaḥ
         and took 
    
 
        
            עַמּ֖וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַמּ֖וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘am·mōw
                
                
                     his army 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nation, people <BR> 1a) people, nation <BR> 1b) persons, members of one's people, compatriots, country-men <BR> 2) kinsman, kindred 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘am·mōw
         his army 
    
 
        
            עִמּֽוֹ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִמּֽוֹ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘im·mōw
                
                
                     with him . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5973 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with <BR> 1a) with <BR> 1b) against <BR> 1c) toward <BR> 1d) as long as <BR> 1e) beside, except<BR> 1f) in spite of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘im·mōw
         with him . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            He took 600 of the best chariots, and all the other chariots of Egypt, with officers over all of them.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַיִּקַּ֗ח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּקַּ֗ח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yiq·qaḥ
                
                
                     He took 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3947 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to take, get, fetch, lay hold of, seize, receive, acquire, buy, bring, marry, take a wife, snatch, take away <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take, take in the hand <BR> 1a2) to take and carry along <BR> 1a3) to take from, take out of, take, carry away, take away <BR> 1a4) to take to or for a person, procure, get, take possession of, select, choose, take in marriage, receive, accept <BR> 1a5) to take up or upon, put upon <BR> 1a6) to fetch <BR> 1a7) to take, lead, conduct <BR> 1a8) to take, capture, seize <BR> 1a9) to take, carry off 1a10) to take (vengeance) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be captured <BR> 1b2) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1b3) to be taken, brought unto <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be taken from or out of <BR> 1c2) to be stolen from <BR> 1c3) to be taken captive <BR> 1c4) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be taken unto, be brought unto <BR> 1d2) to be taken out of <BR> 1d3) to be taken away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) <BR> 1e1) to take hold of oneself <BR> 1e2) to flash about (of lightning) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yiq·qaḥ
         He took 
    
 
        
            שֵׁשׁ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שֵׁשׁ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šêš-
                
                
                    600
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8337 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) six <BR> 1a) six (cardinal number) <BR> 1b) sixth (ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šêš-
        600
    
 
        
            מֵא֥וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵא֥וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·’ō·wṯ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3967 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hundred <BR> 1a) as simple number <BR> 1b) as part of larger number <BR> 1c) as a fraction-one one-hundredth (1/100) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·’ō·wṯ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            בָּח֔וּר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּח֔וּר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·ḥūr
                
                
                     of the best 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - QalPassParticiple - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        977 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to choose, elect, decide for<BR> 1a) (Qal) to choose <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be chosen <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be chosen, selected 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·ḥūr
         of the best 
    
 
        
            רֶ֙כֶב֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רֶ֙כֶב֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    re·ḵeḇ
                
                
                     chariots , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7393 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a team, chariot, chariotry, mill-stone, riders <BR> 1a) chariotry, chariots <BR> 1b) chariot (single) <BR> 1c) upper millstone (as riding on lower millstone) <BR> 1d) riders, troop (of riders), horsemen, pair of horsemen, men riding, ass-riders, camel-riders 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        re·ḵeḇ
         chariots , 
    
 
        
            וְכֹ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכֹ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵōl
                
                
                     and all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵōl
         and all 
    
 
        
            רֶ֣כֶב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רֶ֣כֶב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    re·ḵeḇ
                
                
                     the other chariots 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7393 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a team, chariot, chariotry, mill-stone, riders <BR> 1a) chariotry, chariots <BR> 1b) chariot (single) <BR> 1c) upper millstone (as riding on lower millstone) <BR> 1d) riders, troop (of riders), horsemen, pair of horsemen, men riding, ass-riders, camel-riders 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        re·ḵeḇ
         the other chariots 
    
 
        
            מִצְרָ֑יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרָ֑יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·rā·yim
                
                
                     of Egypt , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·rā·yim
         of Egypt , 
    
 
        
            וְשָׁלִשִׁ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשָׁלִשִׁ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·šā·li·šim
                
                
                     with officers 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7991 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) third part <BR> 1a) name of a measure <BR> 2) a musical instrument <BR> 2a) maybe three-stringed, triangular shape, or three-barred <BR> 2b) perhaps a sistrum or triangle <BR> 3) shield carrier, adjutant, officer, captain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·šā·li·šim
         with officers 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     over 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         over 
    
 
        
            כֻּלּֽוֹ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֻּלּֽוֹ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kul·lōw
                
                
                     all of them . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kul·lōw
         all of them . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And the LORD hardened the heart of Pharaoh king of Egypt so that he pursued the Israelites, who were marching out defiantly.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            יְהֹוָ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהֹוָ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     And the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         And the LORD 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            וַיְחַזֵּ֣ק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְחַזֵּ֣ק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ḥaz·zêq
                
                
                     hardened 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2388 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to strengthen, prevail, harden, be strong, become strong, be courageous, be firm, grow firm, be resolute, be sore <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be strong, grow strong <BR> 1a1a) to prevail, prevail upon <BR> 1a1b) to be firm, be caught fast, be secure <BR> 1a1c) to press, be urgent <BR> 1a1d) to grow stout, grow rigid, grow hard (bad sense) <BR> 1a1e) to be severe, be grievous <BR> 1a2) to strengthen <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to make strong <BR> 1b2) to restore to strength, give strength <BR> 1b3) to strengthen, sustain, encourage <BR> 1b4) to make strong, make bold, encourage <BR> 1b5) to make firm <BR> 1b6) to make rigid, make hard <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to make strong, strengthen <BR> 1c2) to make firm <BR> 1c3) to display strength <BR> 1c4) to make severe <BR> 1c5) to support <BR> 1c6) to repair <BR> 1c7) to prevail, prevail upon <BR> 1c8) to have or take or keep hold of, retain, hold up, sustain, support <BR> 1c9) to hold, contain <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) <BR> 1d1) to strengthen oneself <BR> 1d2) to put forth strength, use one's strength <BR> 1d3) to withstand <BR> 1d4) to hold strongly with 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ḥaz·zêq
         hardened 
    
 
        
            לֵ֤ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵ֤ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lêḇ
                
                
                     the heart 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3820 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) inner man, mind, will, heart, understanding <BR> 1a) inner part, midst <BR> 1a1) midst (of things) <BR> 1a2) heart (of man) <BR> 1a3) soul, heart (of man) <BR> 1a4) mind, knowledge, thinking, reflection, memory <BR> 1a5) inclination, resolution, determination (of will) <BR> 1a6) conscience <BR> 1a7) heart (of moral character) <BR> 1a8) as seat of appetites <BR> 1a9) as seat of emotions and passions 1a10) as seat of courage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lêḇ
         the heart 
    
 
        
            פַּרְעֹה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַּרְעֹה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    par·‘ōh
                
                
                     of Pharaoh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6547 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Pharaoh = |great house|<BR> 1) the common title of the king of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        par·‘ōh
         of Pharaoh 
    
 
        
            מֶ֣לֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֶ֣לֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    me·leḵ
                
                
                     king 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        me·leḵ
         king 
    
 
        
            מִצְרַ֔יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרַ֔יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     of Egypt 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ra·yim
         of Egypt 
    
 
        
            וַיִּרְדֹּ֕ף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּרְדֹּ֕ף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yir·dōp̄
                
                
                     so that he pursued 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7291 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be behind, follow after, pursue, persecute, run after<BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pursue, put to flight, chase, dog, attend closely upon <BR> 1a2) to persecute, harass (fig) <BR> 1a3) to follow after, aim to secure (fig) <BR> 1a4) to run after (a bribe) (fig) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be pursued <BR> 1b2) one pursued (participle) <BR> 1c) (Piel) to pursue ardently, aim eagerly to secure, pursue <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be pursued, be chased away <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) to pursue, chase 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yir·dōp̄
         so that he pursued 
    
 
        
            אַחֲרֵ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַחֲרֵ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·ḥă·rê
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        310 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) after the following part, behind (of place), hinder, afterwards (of time)<BR> 1a) as an adverb <BR> 1a1) behind (of place) <BR> 1a2) afterwards (of time) <BR> 1b) as a preposition <BR> 1b1) behind, after (of place) <BR> 1b2) after (of time) <BR> 1b3) besides <BR> 1c) as a conjunction <BR> 1c) after that <BR> 1d) as a substantive <BR> 1d1) hinder part <BR> 1e) with other prepositions <BR> 1e1) from behind <BR> 1e2) from following after 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·ḥă·rê
         . . . 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     the Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         the Israelites 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            וּבְנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·nê
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·nê
         - 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         - 
    
 
        
            יֹצְאִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יֹצְאִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·ṣə·’îm
                
                
                     who were marching out 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3318 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go out, come out, exit, go forth <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go or come out or forth, depart <BR> 1a2) to go forth (to a place) <BR> 1a3) to go forward, proceed to (to or toward something) <BR> 1a4) to come or go forth (with purpose or for result) <BR> 1a5) to come out of <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to go or come out, bring out, lead out <BR> 1b2) to bring out of <BR> 1b3) to lead out <BR> 1b4) to deliver <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought out or forth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·ṣə·’îm
         who were marching out 
    
 
        
            בְּיָ֥ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּיָ֥ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·yāḏ
                
                
                     defiantly 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·yāḏ
         defiantly 
    
 
        
            רָמָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רָמָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rā·māh
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7311 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to rise, rise up, be high, be lofty, be exalted <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be high, be set on high <BR> 1a2) to be raised, be uplifted, be exalted <BR> 1a3) to be lifted, rise <BR> 1b) (Polel) <BR> 1b1) to raise or rear (children), cause to grow up <BR> 1b2) to lift up, raise, exalt <BR> 1b3) to exalt, extol <BR> 1c) (Polal) to be lifted up <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to raise, lift, lift up, take up, set up, erect, exalt, set on high <BR> 1d2) to lift up (and take away), remove <BR> 1d3) to lift off and present, contribute, offer, contribute <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to be taken off, be abolished <BR> 1f) (Hithpolel) to exalt oneself, magnify oneself <BR> 2) (Qal) to be rotten, be wormy 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rā·māh
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The Egyptians—all Pharaoh’s horses and chariots, horsemen and troops—pursued the Israelites and overtook them as they camped by the sea near Pi-hahiroth, opposite Baal-zephon.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מִצְרַ֜יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרַ֜יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     The Egyptians — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4713 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egyptian = see Egypte |double straits|<BR> 1) Egyptian-an inhabitant or citizen of Egypt <BR> 1a) an Egyptian <BR> 1b) the Egyptian 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ra·yim
         The Egyptians — 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         all 
    
 
        
            פַּרְעֹ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַּרְעֹ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    par·‘ōh
                
                
                     Pharaoh’s 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6547 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Pharaoh = |great house|<BR> 1) the common title of the king of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        par·‘ōh
         Pharaoh’s 
    
 
        
            סוּס֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סוּס֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sūs
                
                
                     horses 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5483 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) swallow, swift <BR> 2) horse <BR> 2a) chariot horses 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sūs
         horses 
    
 
        
            רֶ֣כֶב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רֶ֣כֶב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    re·ḵeḇ
                
                
                     and chariots , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7393 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a team, chariot, chariotry, mill-stone, riders <BR> 1a) chariotry, chariots <BR> 1b) chariot (single) <BR> 1c) upper millstone (as riding on lower millstone) <BR> 1d) riders, troop (of riders), horsemen, pair of horsemen, men riding, ass-riders, camel-riders 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        re·ḵeḇ
         and chariots , 
    
 
        
            וּפָרָשָׁ֖יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּפָרָשָׁ֖יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄ā·rā·šāw
                
                
                     horsemen 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6571 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) horse, steed, warhorse <BR> 2) horseman 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄ā·rā·šāw
         horsemen 
    
 
        
            וְחֵיל֑וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְחֵיל֑וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḥê·lōw
                
                
                     and troops — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) strength, might, efficiency, wealth, army <BR> 1a) strength <BR> 1b) ability, efficiency <BR> 1c) wealth <BR> 1d) force, army 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḥê·lōw
         and troops — 
    
 
        
            וַיִּרְדְּפ֨וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּרְדְּפ֨וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yir·də·p̄ū
                
                
                     pursued [the Israelites] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7291 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be behind, follow after, pursue, persecute, run after<BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pursue, put to flight, chase, dog, attend closely upon <BR> 1a2) to persecute, harass (fig) <BR> 1a3) to follow after, aim to secure (fig) <BR> 1a4) to run after (a bribe) (fig) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be pursued <BR> 1b2) one pursued (participle) <BR> 1c) (Piel) to pursue ardently, aim eagerly to secure, pursue <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be pursued, be chased away <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) to pursue, chase 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yir·də·p̄ū
         pursued [the Israelites] 
    
 
        
            אַחֲרֵיהֶ֗ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַחֲרֵיהֶ֗ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·ḥă·rê·hem
                
                
                     and 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        310 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) after the following part, behind (of place), hinder, afterwards (of time)<BR> 1a) as an adverb <BR> 1a1) behind (of place) <BR> 1a2) afterwards (of time) <BR> 1b) as a preposition <BR> 1b1) behind, after (of place) <BR> 1b2) after (of time) <BR> 1b3) besides <BR> 1c) as a conjunction <BR> 1c) after that <BR> 1d) as a substantive <BR> 1d1) hinder part <BR> 1e) with other prepositions <BR> 1e1) from behind <BR> 1e2) from following after 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·ḥă·rê·hem
         and 
    
 
        
            וַיַּשִּׂ֤יגוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּשִּׂ֤יגוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yaś·śî·ḡū
                
                
                     overtook 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5381 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to reach, overtake, take hold upon <BR> 1a) (Hiphil) <BR> 1a1) to overtake <BR> 1a2) to reach, attain to, cause to reach <BR> 1a3) to be able to secure, reach, have enough 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yaś·śî·ḡū
         overtook 
    
 
        
            אוֹתָם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אוֹתָם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·w·ṯām
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·w·ṯām
         them 
    
 
        
            חֹנִ֣ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֹנִ֣ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥō·nîm
                
                
                     as they camped 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2583 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to decline, incline, encamp, bend down, lay siege against <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to decline <BR> 1a2) to encamp 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥō·nîm
         as they camped 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     by 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         by 
    
 
        
            הַיָּ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיָּ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yām
                
                
                     the sea 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3220 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sea <BR> 1a) Mediterranean Sea <BR> 1b) Red Sea <BR> 1c) Dead Sea <BR> 1d) Sea of Galilee <BR> 1e) sea (general) <BR> 1f) mighty river (Nile) <BR> 1g) the sea (the great basin in the temple court) <BR> 1h) seaward, west, westward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yām
         the sea 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     near 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         near 
    
 
        
            פִּי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פִּי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pî
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                         
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6367 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Pi-hahiroth = |place where sedge grows|<BR> 1) the 3rd encampment of the Israelites after leaving Goshen in Egypt and the last one before crossing the Red Sea 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pî
         vvv 
    
 
        
            הַֽחִירֹ֔ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַֽחִירֹ֔ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·ḥî·rōṯ
                
                
                     Pi-hahiroth , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6367 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Pi-hahiroth = |place where sedge grows|<BR> 1) the 3rd encampment of the Israelites after leaving Goshen in Egypt and the last one before crossing the Red Sea 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·ḥî·rōṯ
         Pi-hahiroth , 
    
 
        
            לִפְנֵ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִפְנֵ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lip̄·nê
                
                
                     opposite 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lip̄·nê
         opposite 
    
 
        
            בַּ֥עַל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּ֥עַל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ba·‘al
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1189 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Baal Tsphon or Baal-zephon = |lord of the north|<BR> 1) a place in Egypt near the Red Sea where Pharaoh and his army were destroyed during the Exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ba·‘al
         vvv 
    
 
        
            צְפֹֽן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צְפֹֽן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣə·p̄ōn
                
                
                     Baal-zephon . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1189 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Baal Tsphon or Baal-zephon = |lord of the north|<BR> 1) a place in Egypt near the Red Sea where Pharaoh and his army were destroyed during the Exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣə·p̄ōn
         Baal-zephon . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            As Pharaoh approached, the Israelites looked up and saw the Egyptians marching after them, and they were terrified and cried out to the LORD.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּפַרְעֹ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּפַרְעֹ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄ar·‘ōh
                
                
                     As Pharaoh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6547 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Pharaoh = |great house|<BR> 1) the common title of the king of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄ar·‘ōh
         As Pharaoh 
    
 
        
            הִקְרִ֑יב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִקְרִ֑יב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hiq·rîḇ
                
                
                     approached , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7126 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come near, approach, enter into, draw near <BR> 1a) (Qal) to approach, draw near <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be brought near <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to approach, bring near, cause to draw near <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to bring near, bring, present 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hiq·rîḇ
         approached , 
    
 
        
            בְנֵֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְנֵֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·nê-
                
                
                     the Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·nê-
         the Israelites 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֨ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֨ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            וַיִּשְׂאוּ֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּשְׂאוּ֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yiś·’ū
                
                
                     looked up 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5375 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to lift, bear up, carry, take <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to lift, lift up <BR> 1a2) to bear, carry, support, sustain, endure <BR> 1a3) to take, take away, carry off, forgive <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be lifted up, be exalted <BR> 1b2) to lift oneself up, rise up <BR> 1b3) to be borne, be carried <BR> 1b4) to be taken away, be carried off, be swept away <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to lift up, exalt, support, aid, assist <BR> 1c2) to desire, long (fig.) <BR> 1c3) to carry, bear continuously <BR> 1c4) to take, take away <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to lift oneself up, exalt oneself <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to cause one to bear (iniquity) <BR> 1e2) to cause to bring, have brought 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yiś·’ū
         looked up 
    
 
        
            עֵינֵיהֶ֜ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֵינֵיהֶ֜ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ê·nê·hem
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - cdc | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5869 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) eye <BR> 1a) eye <BR> 1a1) of physical eye <BR> 1a2) as showing mental qualities <BR> 1a3) of mental and spiritual faculties (fig.) <BR> 2) spring, fountain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ê·nê·hem
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וְהִנֵּ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהִנֵּ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hin·nêh
                
                
                     and saw 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2009 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, lo, see, if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hin·nêh
         and saw 
    
 
        
            מִצְרַ֣יִם׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרַ֣יִם׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     the Egyptians 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4713 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egyptian = see Egypte |double straits|<BR> 1) Egyptian-an inhabitant or citizen of Egypt <BR> 1a) an Egyptian <BR> 1b) the Egyptian 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ra·yim
         the Egyptians 
    
 
        
            נֹסֵ֣עַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נֹסֵ֣עַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nō·sê·a‘
                
                
                     marching 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5265 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pull out, pull up, set out, journey, remove, set forward, depart <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pull out or up <BR> 1a2) to set out, depart <BR> 1a3) to journey, march <BR> 1a4) to set forth (of wind) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be pulled up, be removed, be plucked up <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to set out, lead out, cause to spring up <BR> 1c2) to remove, quarry 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nō·sê·a‘
         marching 
    
 
        
            אַחֲרֵיהֶ֗ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַחֲרֵיהֶ֗ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·ḥă·rê·hem
                
                
                     after them , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        310 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) after the following part, behind (of place), hinder, afterwards (of time)<BR> 1a) as an adverb <BR> 1a1) behind (of place) <BR> 1a2) afterwards (of time) <BR> 1b) as a preposition <BR> 1b1) behind, after (of place) <BR> 1b2) after (of time) <BR> 1b3) besides <BR> 1c) as a conjunction <BR> 1c) after that <BR> 1d) as a substantive <BR> 1d1) hinder part <BR> 1e) with other prepositions <BR> 1e1) from behind <BR> 1e2) from following after 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·ḥă·rê·hem
         after them , 
    
 
        
            בְנֵֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְנֵֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·nê-
                
                
                     and [they] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·nê-
         and [they] 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וַיִּֽירְאוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּֽירְאוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yî·rə·’ū
                
                
                     were terrified 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3372 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fear, revere, be afraid <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to fear, be afraid <BR> 1a2) to stand in awe of, be awed <BR> 1a3) to fear, reverence, honour, respect <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be fearful, be dreadful, be feared <BR> 1b2) to cause astonishment and awe, be held in awe <BR> 1b3) to inspire reverence or godly fear or awe <BR> 1c) (Piel) to make afraid, terrify <BR> 2) (TWOT) to shoot, pour 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yî·rə·’ū
         were terrified 
    
 
        
            מְאֹ֔ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְאֹ֔ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·’ōḏ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adv <BR> 1) exceedingly, much <BR> subst <BR> 2) might, force, abundance <BR> n m <BR> 3) muchness, force, abundance, exceedingly <BR> 3a) force, might <BR> 3b) exceedingly, greatly, very (idioms showing magnitude or degree) <BR> 3b1) exceedingly <BR> 3b2) up to abundance, to a great degree, exceedingly <BR> 3b3) with muchness, muchness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·’ōḏ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וַיִּצְעֲק֥וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּצְעֲק֥וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yiṣ·‘ă·qū
                
                
                     and cried out 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6817 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cry, cry out, call, cry for help <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to cry, cry out (for help) <BR> 1a2) to cry, cry out (in distress or need) <BR> 1a3) to make outcry, clamour <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be summoned <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cry aloud (in grief) <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to call together 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yiṣ·‘ă·qū
         and cried out 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            יְהוָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            They said to Moses, “Was it because there were no graves in Egypt that you brought us into the wilderness to die? What have you done to us by bringing us out of Egypt?
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַיֹּאמְרוּ֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּאמְרוּ֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mə·rū
                
                
                     They said 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mə·rū
         They said 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            מֹשֶׁה֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹשֶׁה֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·šeh
                
                
                     Moses , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·šeh
         Moses , 
    
 
        
            אֵין־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵין־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ên-
                
                
                     “ Was it because 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        369 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nothing, not, nought n <BR> 1a) nothing, nought neg <BR> 1b) not <BR> 1c) to have not (of possession) adv <BR> 1d) without w/prep <BR> 1e) for lack of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ên-
         “ Was it because 
    
 
        
            הַֽמִבְּלִ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַֽמִבְּלִ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·mib·bə·lî
                
                
                     there were no 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1097 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) wearing out <BR> adv of negation <BR> 2) without, no, not 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·mib·bə·lî
         there were no 
    
 
        
            קְבָרִים֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קְבָרִים֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qə·ḇā·rîm
                
                
                     graves 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6913 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) grave, sepulchre, tomb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qə·ḇā·rîm
         graves 
    
 
        
            בְּמִצְרַ֔יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּמִצְרַ֔יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     in Egypt 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·miṣ·ra·yim
         in Egypt 
    
 
        
            לְקַחְתָּ֖נוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְקַחְתָּ֖נוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·qaḥ·tā·nū
                
                
                     that you brought us 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - second person masculine singular | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3947 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to take, get, fetch, lay hold of, seize, receive, acquire, buy, bring, marry, take a wife, snatch, take away <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take, take in the hand <BR> 1a2) to take and carry along <BR> 1a3) to take from, take out of, take, carry away, take away <BR> 1a4) to take to or for a person, procure, get, take possession of, select, choose, take in marriage, receive, accept <BR> 1a5) to take up or upon, put upon <BR> 1a6) to fetch <BR> 1a7) to take, lead, conduct <BR> 1a8) to take, capture, seize <BR> 1a9) to take, carry off 1a10) to take (vengeance) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be captured <BR> 1b2) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1b3) to be taken, brought unto <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be taken from or out of <BR> 1c2) to be stolen from <BR> 1c3) to be taken captive <BR> 1c4) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be taken unto, be brought unto <BR> 1d2) to be taken out of <BR> 1d3) to be taken away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) <BR> 1e1) to take hold of oneself <BR> 1e2) to flash about (of lightning) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·qaḥ·tā·nū
         that you brought us 
    
 
        
            בַּמִּדְבָּ֑ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּמִּדְבָּ֑ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bam·miḏ·bār
                
                
                     into the wilderness 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4057 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wilderness <BR> 1a) pasture <BR> 1b) uninhabited land, wilderness<BR> 1c) large tracts of wilderness (around cities) <BR> 1d) wilderness (fig.) <BR> 2) mouth <BR> 2a) mouth (as organ of speech) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bam·miḏ·bār
         into the wilderness 
    
 
        
            לָמ֣וּת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָמ֣וּת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·mūṯ
                
                
                     to die ? 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4191 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to die, kill, have one executed <BR> 1a)(Qal) <BR> 1a1) to die <BR> 1a2) to die (as penalty), be put to death <BR> 1a3) to die, perish (of a nation) <BR> 1a4) to die prematurely (by neglect of wise moral conduct) <BR> 1b) (Polel) to kill, put to death, dispatch <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) to kill, put to death <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be killed, be put to death <BR> 1d1a) to die prematurely 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·mūṯ
         to die ? 
    
 
        
            מַה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mah-
                
                
                     What 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Interrogative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4100 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        interr pron<BR> 1) what, how, of what kind <BR> 1a) (interrogative) <BR> 1a1) what? <BR> 1a2) of what kind <BR> 1a3) what? (rhetorical) <BR> 1a4) whatsoever, whatever, what <BR> 1b) (adverb) <BR> 1b1) how, how now <BR> 1b2) why <BR> 1b3) how! (exclamation) <BR> 1c) (with prep) <BR> 1c1) wherein?, whereby?, wherewith?, by what means? <BR> 1c2) because of what? <BR> 1c3) the like of what? <BR> 1c3a) how much?, how many?, how often? <BR> 1c3b) for how long? <BR> 1c4) for what reason?, why?, to what purpose? <BR> 1c5) until when?, how long?, upon what?, wherefore? <BR> indef pron <BR> 2) anything, aught, what may 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mah-
         What 
    
 
        
            זֹּאת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זֹּאת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zōṯ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2063 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, this one, here, which, this...that, the one...the other, such <BR> 1a) (alone) <BR> 1a1) this one <BR> 1a2) this...that, the one...the other, another <BR> 1b) (appos to subst) <BR> 1b1) this <BR> 1c) (as predicate) <BR> 1c1) this, such <BR> 1d) (enclitically) <BR> 1d1) then <BR> 1d2) who, whom <BR> 1d3) how now, what now <BR> 1d4) what now <BR> 1d5) wherefore now <BR> 1d6) behold here <BR> 1d7) just now <BR> 1d8) now, now already <BR> 1e) (poetry) <BR> 1e1) wherein, which, those who <BR> 1f) (with prefixes) <BR> 1f1) in this (place) here, then <BR> 1f2) on these conditions, herewith, thus provided, by, through this, for this cause, in this matter <BR> 1f3) thus and thus <BR> 1f4) as follows, things such as these, accordingly, to that effect, in like manner, thus and thus <BR> 1f5) from here, hence, on one side...on the other side <BR> 1f6) on this account <BR> 1f7) in spite of this, which, whence, how 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zōṯ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עָשִׂ֣יתָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָשִׂ֣יתָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·śî·ṯā
                
                
                     have you done 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·śî·ṯā
         have you done 
    
 
        
            לָּ֔נוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָּ֔נוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·nū
                
                
                     to us 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·nū
         to us 
    
 
        
            לְהוֹצִיאָ֖נוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהוֹצִיאָ֖נוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·hō·w·ṣî·’ā·nū
                
                
                     by bringing us out 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3318 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go out, come out, exit, go forth <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go or come out or forth, depart <BR> 1a2) to go forth (to a place) <BR> 1a3) to go forward, proceed to (to or toward something) <BR> 1a4) to come or go forth (with purpose or for result) <BR> 1a5) to come out of <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to go or come out, bring out, lead out <BR> 1b2) to bring out of <BR> 1b3) to lead out <BR> 1b4) to deliver <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought out or forth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·hō·w·ṣî·’ā·nū
         by bringing us out 
    
 
        
            מִמִּצְרָֽיִם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִמִּצְרָֽיִם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mim·miṣ·rā·yim
                
                
                     of Egypt ? 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mim·miṣ·rā·yim
         of Egypt ? 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Did we not say to you in Egypt, ‘Leave us alone so that we may serve the Egyptians’? For it would have been better for us to serve the Egyptians than to die in the wilderness.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הֲלֹא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲלֹא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·lō-
                
                
                     {Did we} not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·lō-
         {Did we} not 
    
 
        
            זֶ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זֶ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zeh
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2088 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, this one, here, which, this...that, the one...the other, another, such <BR> 1a) (alone) <BR> 1a1) this one <BR> 1a2) this...that, the one...the other, another <BR> 1b) (appos to subst) <BR> 1b1) this <BR> 1c) (as predicate) <BR> 1c1) this, such <BR> 1d) (enclitically) <BR> 1d1) then <BR> 1d2) who, whom <BR> 1d3) how now, what now <BR> 1d4) what now <BR> 1d5) wherefore now <BR> 1d6) behold here <BR> 1d7) just now <BR> 1d8) now, now already <BR> 1e) (poetry) <BR> 1e1) wherein, which, those who <BR> 1f) (with prefixes) <BR> 1f1) in this (place) here, then <BR> 1f2) on these conditions, herewith, thus provided, by, through this, for this cause, in this matter <BR> 1f3) thus and thus <BR> 1f4) as follows, things such as these, accordingly, to that effect, in like manner, thus and thus <BR> 1f5) from here, hence, on one side...on the other side <BR> 1f6) on this account <BR> 1f7) in spite of this, which, whence, how 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zeh
         - 
    
 
        
            הַדָּבָ֗ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַדָּבָ֗ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    had·dā·ḇār
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1697 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) speech, word, speaking, thing <BR> 1a) speech <BR> 1b) saying, utterance <BR> 1c) word, words <BR> 1d) business, occupation, acts, matter, case, something, manner (by extension) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        had·dā·ḇār
         - 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            דִּבַּ֨רְנוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּבַּ֨רְנוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dib·bar·nū
                
                
                     say 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to speak, declare, converse, command, promise, warn, threaten, sing <BR> 1a) (Qal) to speak <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to speak with one another, talk <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to speak <BR> 1c2) to promise <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be spoken <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to speak <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to lead away, put to flight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dib·bar·nū
         say 
    
 
        
            אֵלֶ֤יךָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵלֶ֤יךָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ê·le·ḵā
                
                
                     to you 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ê·le·ḵā
         to you 
    
 
        
            בְמִצְרַ֙יִם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְמִצְרַ֙יִם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     in Egypt 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·miṣ·ra·yim
         in Egypt 
    
 
        
            לֵאמֹ֔ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵאמֹ֔ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lê·mōr
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lê·mōr
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            חֲדַ֥ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲדַ֥ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·ḏal
                
                
                     ‘ Leave us alone 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2308 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to stop, cease, desist, forego, cease to be, leave undone, forbear <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to cease, come to an end <BR> 1a2) to cease, leave off 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·ḏal
         ‘ Leave us alone 
    
 
        
            מִמֶּ֖נּוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִמֶּ֖נּוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mim·men·nū
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4480 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) from, out of, on account of, off, on the side of, since, above, than, so that not, more than <BR> 1a) from (expressing separation), off, on the side of <BR> 1b) out of <BR> 1b1) (with verbs of proceeding, removing, expelling) <BR> 1b2) (of material from which something is made) <BR> 1b3) (of source or origin) <BR> 1c) out of, some of, from (partitively) <BR> 1d) from, since, after (of time) <BR> 1e) than, more than (in comparison) <BR> 1f) from...even to, both...and, either...or <BR> 1g) than, more than, too much for (in comparisons) <BR> 1h) from, on account of, through, because (with infinitive) <BR> conj <BR> 2) that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mim·men·nū
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וְנַֽעַבְדָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנַֽעַבְדָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·na·‘aḇ·ḏāh
                
                
                     so that we may serve 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive imperfect Cohortative - first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5647 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to work, serve <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to labour, work, do work <BR> 1a2) to work for another, serve another by labour <BR> 1a3) to serve as subjects <BR> 1a4) to serve (God) <BR> 1a5) to serve (with Levitical service) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be worked, be tilled (of land) <BR> 1b2) to make oneself a servant <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be worked <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to compel to labour or work, cause to labour, cause to serve <BR> 1d2) to cause to serve as subjects <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to be led or enticed to serve 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·na·‘aḇ·ḏāh
         so that we may serve 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִצְרָ֑יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרָ֑יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·rā·yim
                
                
                     the Egyptians ’? 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4713 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egyptian = see Egypte |double straits|<BR> 1) Egyptian-an inhabitant or citizen of Egypt <BR> 1a) an Egyptian <BR> 1b) the Egyptian 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·rā·yim
         the Egyptians ’? 
    
 
        
            כִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     For 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         For 
    
 
        
            ט֥וֹב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ט֥וֹב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭō·wḇ
                
                
                     it would have been better 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2896 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) good, pleasant, agreeable <BR> 1a) pleasant, agreeable (to the senses) <BR> 1b) pleasant (to the higher nature) <BR> 1c) good, excellent (of its kind) <BR> 1d) good, rich, valuable in estimation <BR> 1e) good, appropriate, becoming <BR> 1f) better (comparative) <BR> 1g) glad, happy, prosperous (of man's sensuous nature) <BR> 1h) good understanding (of man's intellectual nature) <BR> 1i) good, kind, benign <BR> 1j) good, right (ethical) <BR> n m <BR> 2) a good thing, benefit, welfare <BR> 2a) welfare, prosperity, happiness <BR> 2b) good things (collective) <BR> 2c) good, benefit <BR> 2d) moral good <BR> n f <BR> 3) welfare, benefit, good things <BR> 3a) welfare, prosperity, happiness <BR> 3b) good things (collective) <BR> 3c) bounty 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭō·wḇ
         it would have been better 
    
 
        
            לָ֙נוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֙נוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·nū
                
                
                     for us 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·nū
         for us 
    
 
        
            עֲבֹ֣ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲבֹ֣ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·ḇōḏ
                
                
                     to serve 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5647 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to work, serve <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to labour, work, do work <BR> 1a2) to work for another, serve another by labour <BR> 1a3) to serve as subjects <BR> 1a4) to serve (God) <BR> 1a5) to serve (with Levitical service) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be worked, be tilled (of land) <BR> 1b2) to make oneself a servant <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be worked <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to compel to labour or work, cause to labour, cause to serve <BR> 1d2) to cause to serve as subjects <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to be led or enticed to serve 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·ḇōḏ
         to serve 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִצְרַ֔יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרַ֔יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     the Egyptians 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4713 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egyptian = see Egypte |double straits|<BR> 1) Egyptian-an inhabitant or citizen of Egypt <BR> 1a) an Egyptian <BR> 1b) the Egyptian 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ra·yim
         the Egyptians 
    
 
        
            מִמֻּתֵ֖נוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִמֻּתֵ֖נוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mim·mu·ṯê·nū
                
                
                     than to die 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4191 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to die, kill, have one executed <BR> 1a)(Qal) <BR> 1a1) to die <BR> 1a2) to die (as penalty), be put to death <BR> 1a3) to die, perish (of a nation) <BR> 1a4) to die prematurely (by neglect of wise moral conduct) <BR> 1b) (Polel) to kill, put to death, dispatch <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) to kill, put to death <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be killed, be put to death <BR> 1d1a) to die prematurely 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mim·mu·ṯê·nū
         than to die 
    
 
        
            בַּמִּדְבָּֽר׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּמִּדְבָּֽר׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bam·miḏ·bār
                
                
                     in the wilderness . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4057 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wilderness <BR> 1a) pasture <BR> 1b) uninhabited land, wilderness<BR> 1c) large tracts of wilderness (around cities) <BR> 1d) wilderness (fig.) <BR> 2) mouth <BR> 2a) mouth (as organ of speech) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bam·miḏ·bār
         in the wilderness . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            But Moses told the people, “Do not be afraid. Stand firm and you will see the LORD’s salvation, which He will accomplish for you today; for the Egyptians you see today, you will never see again.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מֹשֶׁ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹשֶׁ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·šeh
                
                
                     But Moses 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·šeh
         But Moses 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֨אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֨אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     told 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         told 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הָעָם֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעָם֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ām
                
                
                     the people , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nation, people <BR> 1a) people, nation <BR> 1b) persons, members of one's people, compatriots, country-men <BR> 2) kinsman, kindred 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ām
         the people , 
    
 
        
            אַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’al-
                
                
                     “ Do not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        408 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no, nor, neither, nothing (as wish or preference) <BR> 1a) do not, let not (with a verb) <BR> 1b) let there not be (with a verb understood) <BR> 1c) not, no (with substantive) <BR> 1d) nothing (as substantive) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’al-
         “ Do not 
    
 
        
            תִּירָאוּ֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּירָאוּ֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tî·rā·’ū
                
                
                     be afraid . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3372 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fear, revere, be afraid <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to fear, be afraid <BR> 1a2) to stand in awe of, be awed <BR> 1a3) to fear, reverence, honour, respect <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be fearful, be dreadful, be feared <BR> 1b2) to cause astonishment and awe, be held in awe <BR> 1b3) to inspire reverence or godly fear or awe <BR> 1c) (Piel) to make afraid, terrify <BR> 2) (TWOT) to shoot, pour 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tî·rā·’ū
         be afraid . 
    
 
        
            הִֽתְיַצְב֗וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִֽתְיַצְב֗וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hiṯ·yaṣ·ḇū
                
                
                     Stand firm 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Imperative - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3320 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to place, set, stand, set or station oneself, present oneself <BR> 1a) (Hithpael) to station oneself, take one's stand, stand, present oneself, stand with someone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hiṯ·yaṣ·ḇū
         Stand firm 
    
 
        
            וּרְאוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּרְאוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·rə·’ū
                
                
                     and you will see 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7200 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, look at, inspect, perceive, consider <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, perceive <BR> 1a3) to see, have vision <BR> 1a4) to look at, see, regard, look after, see after, learn about, observe, watch, look upon, look out, find out <BR> 1a5) to see, observe, consider, look at, give attention to, discern, distinguish <BR> 1a6) to look at, gaze at <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to appear, present oneself <BR> 1b2) to be seen <BR> 1b3) to be visible <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be seen <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to see, show <BR> 1d2) to cause to look intently at, behold, cause to gaze at <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be caused to see, be shown <BR> 1e2) to be exhibited to <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) to look at each other, face 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·rə·’ū
         and you will see 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD’s 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD’s 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer-
         - 
    
 
        
            יְשׁוּעַ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְשׁוּעַ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·šū·‘aṯ
                
                
                     salvation , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3444 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) salvation, deliverance <BR> 1a) welfare, prosperity <BR> 1b) deliverance<BR> 1c) salvation (by God) <BR> 1d) victory 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·šū·‘aṯ
         salvation , 
    
 
        
            יַעֲשֶׂ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַעֲשֶׂ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ya·‘ă·śeh
                
                
                     which He will accomplish 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ya·‘ă·śeh
         which He will accomplish 
    
 
        
            לָכֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָכֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·ḵem
                
                
                     for you 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·ḵem
         for you 
    
 
        
            הַיּ֑וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיּ֑וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yō·wm
                
                
                     today ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yō·wm
         today ; 
    
 
        
            כִּ֗י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֗י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     for 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         for 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֨ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֨ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     the Egyptians 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         the Egyptians 
    
 
        
            רְאִיתֶ֤ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְאִיתֶ֤ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·’î·ṯem
                
                
                     you see today 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7200 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, look at, inspect, perceive, consider <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, perceive <BR> 1a3) to see, have vision <BR> 1a4) to look at, see, regard, look after, see after, learn about, observe, watch, look upon, look out, find out <BR> 1a5) to see, observe, consider, look at, give attention to, discern, distinguish <BR> 1a6) to look at, gaze at <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to appear, present oneself <BR> 1b2) to be seen <BR> 1b3) to be visible <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be seen <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to see, show <BR> 1d2) to cause to look intently at, behold, cause to gaze at <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be caused to see, be shown <BR> 1e2) to be exhibited to <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) to look at each other, face 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·’î·ṯem
         you see today 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִצְרַ֙יִם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרַ֙יִם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4713 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egyptian = see Egypte |double straits|<BR> 1) Egyptian-an inhabitant or citizen of Egypt <BR> 1a) an Egyptian <BR> 1b) the Egyptian 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ra·yim
         - 
    
 
        
            הַיּ֔וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיּ֔וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yō·wm
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yō·wm
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            לֹ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō
                
                
                     you will never 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō
         you will never 
    
 
        
            עַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) as far as, even to, until, up to, while, as far as <BR> 1a) of space <BR> 1a1) as far as, up to, even to <BR> 1b) in combination <BR> 1b1) from...as far as, both...and (with 'min' -from) <BR> 1c) of time <BR> 1c1) even to, until, unto, till, during, end <BR> 1d) of degree <BR> 1d1) even to, to the degree of, even like <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, while, to the point that, so that even 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עוֹלָֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עוֹלָֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·w·lām
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5769 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) long duration, antiquity, futurity, for ever, ever, everlasting, evermore, perpetual, old, ancient, world <BR> 1a) ancient time, long time (of past) <BR> 1b) (of future) <BR> 1b1) for ever, always <BR> 1b2) continuous existence, perpetual <BR> 1b3) everlasting, indefinite or unending future, eternity 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·w·lām
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לִרְאֹתָ֥ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִרְאֹתָ֥ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lir·’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     see 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7200 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, look at, inspect, perceive, consider <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, perceive <BR> 1a3) to see, have vision <BR> 1a4) to look at, see, regard, look after, see after, learn about, observe, watch, look upon, look out, find out <BR> 1a5) to see, observe, consider, look at, give attention to, discern, distinguish <BR> 1a6) to look at, gaze at <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to appear, present oneself <BR> 1b2) to be seen <BR> 1b3) to be visible <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be seen <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to see, show <BR> 1d2) to cause to look intently at, behold, cause to gaze at <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be caused to see, be shown <BR> 1e2) to be exhibited to <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) to look at each other, face 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lir·’ō·ṯām
         see 
    
 
        
            תֹסִ֛יפוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תֹסִ֛יפוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯō·sî·p̄ū
                
                
                     again 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3254 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to add, increase, do again <BR> 1a) (Qal) to add, increase, do again <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to join, join oneself to <BR> 1b2) to be joined, be added to <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to add, increase <BR> 1c2) to do more, do again 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯō·sî·p̄ū
         again 
    
 
        
            ע֖וֹד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ע֖וֹד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·wḏ
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5750 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) a going round, continuance <BR> adv <BR> 2) still, yet, again, besides <BR> 2a) still, yet (of continuance or persistence) <BR> 2b) still, yet, more (of addition or repetition) <BR> 2c) again <BR> 2d) still, moreover, besides 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·wḏ
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The LORD will fight for you; you need only to be still.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            יְהוָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     The LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         The LORD 
    
 
        
            יִלָּחֵ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִלָּחֵ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yil·lā·ḥêm
                
                
                     will fight 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3898 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fight, do battle, make war <BR> 1a) (Qal) to fight, do battle <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to engage in battle, wage war <BR> 2) (Qal) to eat, use as food 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yil·lā·ḥêm
         will fight 
    
 
        
            לָכֶ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָכֶ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·ḵem
                
                
                     for you ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·ḵem
         for you ; 
    
 
        
            וְאַתֶּ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַתֶּ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’at·tem
                
                
                     you 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        859 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) you (second pers. sing. masc.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’at·tem
         you 
    
 
        
            תַּחֲרִישֽׁוּן׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּחֲרִישֽׁוּן׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ta·ḥă·rî·šūn
                
                
                     need only to be still . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - second person masculine plural | Paragogic nun 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2790 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cut in, plough, engrave, devise <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to cut in, engrave <BR> 1a2) to plough <BR> 1a3) to devise <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be ploughed <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) to plot evil <BR> 2) to be silent, be dumb, be speechless, be deaf <BR> 2a) (Qal) <BR> 2a1) to be silent <BR> 2a2) to be deaf <BR> 2b) (Hiphil) <BR> 2b1) to be silent, keep quiet <BR> 2b2) to make silent <BR> 2b3) to be deaf, show deafness <BR> 2c) (Hithpael) to remain silent 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ta·ḥă·rî·šūn
         need only to be still . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then the LORD said to Moses, “Why are you crying out to Me? Tell the Israelites to go forward.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            יְהוָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     Then the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         Then the LORD 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֤אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֤אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     said 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         said 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            מֹשֶׁ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹשֶׁ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·šeh
                
                
                     Moses , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·šeh
         Moses , 
    
 
        
            מַה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mah-
                
                
                     “ Why 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Interrogative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4100 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        interr pron<BR> 1) what, how, of what kind <BR> 1a) (interrogative) <BR> 1a1) what? <BR> 1a2) of what kind <BR> 1a3) what? (rhetorical) <BR> 1a4) whatsoever, whatever, what <BR> 1b) (adverb) <BR> 1b1) how, how now <BR> 1b2) why <BR> 1b3) how! (exclamation) <BR> 1c) (with prep) <BR> 1c1) wherein?, whereby?, wherewith?, by what means? <BR> 1c2) because of what? <BR> 1c3) the like of what? <BR> 1c3a) how much?, how many?, how often? <BR> 1c3b) for how long? <BR> 1c4) for what reason?, why?, to what purpose? <BR> 1c5) until when?, how long?, upon what?, wherefore? <BR> indef pron <BR> 2) anything, aught, what may 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mah-
         “ Why 
    
 
        
            תִּצְעַ֖ק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּצְעַ֖ק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tiṣ·‘aq
                
                
                     are you crying out 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6817 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cry, cry out, call, cry for help <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to cry, cry out (for help) <BR> 1a2) to cry, cry out (in distress or need) <BR> 1a3) to make outcry, clamour <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be summoned <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cry aloud (in grief) <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to call together 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tiṣ·‘aq
         are you crying out 
    
 
        
            אֵלָ֑י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵלָ֑י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ê·lāy
                
                
                     to Me ? 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ê·lāy
         to Me ? 
    
 
        
            דַּבֵּ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דַּבֵּ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dab·bêr
                
                
                     Tell 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to speak, declare, converse, command, promise, warn, threaten, sing <BR> 1a) (Qal) to speak <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to speak with one another, talk <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to speak <BR> 1c2) to promise <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be spoken <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to speak <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to lead away, put to flight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dab·bêr
         Tell 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê-
                
                
                     the Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê-
         the Israelites 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וְיִסָּֽעוּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיִסָּֽעוּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yis·sā·‘ū
                
                
                     to go forward . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5265 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pull out, pull up, set out, journey, remove, set forward, depart <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pull out or up <BR> 1a2) to set out, depart <BR> 1a3) to journey, march <BR> 1a4) to set forth (of wind) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be pulled up, be removed, be plucked up <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to set out, lead out, cause to spring up <BR> 1c2) to remove, quarry 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yis·sā·‘ū
         to go forward . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And as for you, lift up your staff and stretch out your hand over the sea and divide it, so that the Israelites can go through the sea on dry ground.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הַיָּ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיָּ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yām
                
                
                     the sea 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3220 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sea <BR> 1a) Mediterranean Sea <BR> 1b) Red Sea <BR> 1c) Dead Sea <BR> 1d) Sea of Galilee <BR> 1e) sea (general) <BR> 1f) mighty river (Nile) <BR> 1g) the sea (the great basin in the temple court) <BR> 1h) seaward, west, westward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yām
         the sea 
    
 
        
            בַּיַּבָּשָֽׁה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּיַּבָּשָֽׁה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bay·yab·bā·šāh
                
                
                     on dry ground . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3004 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dry land, dry ground 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bay·yab·bā·šāh
         on dry ground . 
    
 
        
            וְאַתָּ֞ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַתָּ֞ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’at·tāh
                
                
                     And as for you , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        859 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) you (second pers. sing. masc.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’at·tāh
         And as for you , 
    
 
        
            הָרֵ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָרֵ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·rêm
                
                
                     lift up 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7311 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to rise, rise up, be high, be lofty, be exalted <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be high, be set on high <BR> 1a2) to be raised, be uplifted, be exalted <BR> 1a3) to be lifted, rise <BR> 1b) (Polel) <BR> 1b1) to raise or rear (children), cause to grow up <BR> 1b2) to lift up, raise, exalt <BR> 1b3) to exalt, extol <BR> 1c) (Polal) to be lifted up <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to raise, lift, lift up, take up, set up, erect, exalt, set on high <BR> 1d2) to lift up (and take away), remove <BR> 1d3) to lift off and present, contribute, offer, contribute <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to be taken off, be abolished <BR> 1f) (Hithpolel) to exalt oneself, magnify oneself <BR> 2) (Qal) to be rotten, be wormy 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·rêm
         lift up 
    
 
        
            אֶֽת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶֽת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מַטְּךָ֗ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַטְּךָ֗ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    maṭ·ṭə·ḵā
                
                
                     your staff 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        maṭ·ṭə·ḵā
         your staff 
    
 
        
            וּנְטֵ֧ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּנְטֵ֧ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·nə·ṭêh
                
                
                     and stretch out 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5186 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to stretch out, extend, spread out, pitch, turn, pervert, incline, bend, bow <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to stretch out, extend, stretch, offer <BR> 1a2) to spread out, pitch (tent) <BR> 1a3) to bend, turn, incline <BR> 1a3a) to turn aside, incline, decline, bend down <BR> 1a3b) to bend, bow <BR> 1a3c) to hold out, extend (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be stretched out <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to stretch out <BR> 1c2) to spread out <BR> 1c3) to turn, incline, influence, bend down, hold out, extend, thrust aside, thrust away 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·nə·ṭêh
         and stretch out 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            יָדְךָ֛ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָדְךָ֛ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·ḏə·ḵā
                
                
                     your hand 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·ḏə·ḵā
         your hand 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     over 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         over 
    
 
        
            הַיָּ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיָּ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yām
                
                
                     the sea 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3220 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sea <BR> 1a) Mediterranean Sea <BR> 1b) Red Sea <BR> 1c) Dead Sea <BR> 1d) Sea of Galilee <BR> 1e) sea (general) <BR> 1f) mighty river (Nile) <BR> 1g) the sea (the great basin in the temple court) <BR> 1h) seaward, west, westward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yām
         the sea 
    
 
        
            וּבְקָעֵ֑הוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְקָעֵ֑הוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·qā·‘ê·hū
                
                
                     and divide it , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1234 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to split, cleave, break open, divide, break through, rip up, break up, tear <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to cleave, cleave open <BR> 1a2) to break through, break into <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be cleft, be rent open, be split open <BR> 1b2) to be broken into <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to cleave, cut to pieces, rend open <BR> 1c2) to break through, break down <BR> 1d) (Pual) <BR> 1d1) to be ripped open, be torn open <BR> 1d2) to be rent <BR> 1d3) to be broken into <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to break into <BR> 1e2) to break through <BR> 1f) (Hophal) to be broken into <BR> 1g) (Hithpael) to burst (themselves) open, cleave asunder 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·qā·‘ê·hū
         and divide it , 
    
 
        
            בְנֵֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְנֵֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·nê-
                
                
                     so that the Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·nê-
         so that the Israelites 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וְיָבֹ֧אוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיָבֹ֧אוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yā·ḇō·’ū
                
                
                     can go 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yā·ḇō·’ū
         can go 
    
 
        
            בְּת֥וֹךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּת֥וֹךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ṯō·wḵ
                
                
                     through 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8432 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, middle <BR> 1a) midst, middle <BR> 1b) into, through (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) among (of a number of persons) <BR> 1d) between (of things arranged by twos) <BR> 1e) from among (as to take or separate etc) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ṯō·wḵ
         through 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And I will harden the hearts of the Egyptians so that they will go in after them. Then I will gain honor by means of Pharaoh and all his army and chariots and horsemen.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַאֲנִ֗י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַאֲנִ֗י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·’ă·nî
                
                
                     And I 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        589 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·’ă·nî
         And I 
    
 
        
            הִנְנִ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִנְנִ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hin·nî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Interjection | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2005 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        interj<BR> 1) behold, lo, though hypothetical part <BR> 2) if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hin·nî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מְחַזֵּק֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְחַזֵּק֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·ḥaz·zêq
                
                
                     will harden 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2388 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to strengthen, prevail, harden, be strong, become strong, be courageous, be firm, grow firm, be resolute, be sore <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be strong, grow strong <BR> 1a1a) to prevail, prevail upon <BR> 1a1b) to be firm, be caught fast, be secure <BR> 1a1c) to press, be urgent <BR> 1a1d) to grow stout, grow rigid, grow hard (bad sense) <BR> 1a1e) to be severe, be grievous <BR> 1a2) to strengthen <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to make strong <BR> 1b2) to restore to strength, give strength <BR> 1b3) to strengthen, sustain, encourage <BR> 1b4) to make strong, make bold, encourage <BR> 1b5) to make firm <BR> 1b6) to make rigid, make hard <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to make strong, strengthen <BR> 1c2) to make firm <BR> 1c3) to display strength <BR> 1c4) to make severe <BR> 1c5) to support <BR> 1c6) to repair <BR> 1c7) to prevail, prevail upon <BR> 1c8) to have or take or keep hold of, retain, hold up, sustain, support <BR> 1c9) to hold, contain <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) <BR> 1d1) to strengthen oneself <BR> 1d2) to put forth strength, use one's strength <BR> 1d3) to withstand <BR> 1d4) to hold strongly with 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·ḥaz·zêq
         will harden 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            לֵ֣ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵ֣ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lêḇ
                
                
                     the hearts 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3820 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) inner man, mind, will, heart, understanding <BR> 1a) inner part, midst <BR> 1a1) midst (of things) <BR> 1a2) heart (of man) <BR> 1a3) soul, heart (of man) <BR> 1a4) mind, knowledge, thinking, reflection, memory <BR> 1a5) inclination, resolution, determination (of will) <BR> 1a6) conscience <BR> 1a7) heart (of moral character) <BR> 1a8) as seat of appetites <BR> 1a9) as seat of emotions and passions 1a10) as seat of courage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lêḇ
         the hearts 
    
 
        
            מִצְרַ֔יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרַ֔יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     of the Egyptians 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4713 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egyptian = see Egypte |double straits|<BR> 1) Egyptian-an inhabitant or citizen of Egypt <BR> 1a) an Egyptian <BR> 1b) the Egyptian 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ra·yim
         of the Egyptians 
    
 
        
            וְיָבֹ֖אוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיָבֹ֖אוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yā·ḇō·’ū
                
                
                     so that they will go in 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yā·ḇō·’ū
         so that they will go in 
    
 
        
            אַחֲרֵיהֶ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַחֲרֵיהֶ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·ḥă·rê·hem
                
                
                     after them . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        310 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) after the following part, behind (of place), hinder, afterwards (of time)<BR> 1a) as an adverb <BR> 1a1) behind (of place) <BR> 1a2) afterwards (of time) <BR> 1b) as a preposition <BR> 1b1) behind, after (of place) <BR> 1b2) after (of time) <BR> 1b3) besides <BR> 1c) as a conjunction <BR> 1c) after that <BR> 1d) as a substantive <BR> 1d1) hinder part <BR> 1e) with other prepositions <BR> 1e1) from behind <BR> 1e2) from following after 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·ḥă·rê·hem
         after them . 
    
 
        
            וְאִכָּבְדָ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאִכָּבְדָ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ik·kā·ḇə·ḏāh
                
                
                     Then I will gain honor 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Nifal - Conjunctive imperfect Cohortative - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3513 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be heavy, be weighty, be grievous, be hard, be rich, be honourable, be glorious, be burdensome, be honoured <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be heavy <BR> 1a2) to be heavy, be insensible, be dull <BR> 1a3) to be honoured <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be made heavy, be honoured, enjoy honour, be made abundant <BR> 1b2) to get oneself glory or honour, gain glory <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to make heavy, make dull, make insensible <BR> 1c2) to make honourable, honour, glorify <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be made honourable, be honoured <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to make heavy <BR> 1e2) to make heavy, make dull, make unresponsive <BR> 1e3) to cause to be honoured <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) <BR> 1f1) to make oneself heavy, make oneself dense, make oneself numerous <BR> 1f2) to honour oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ik·kā·ḇə·ḏāh
         Then I will gain honor 
    
 
        
            בְּפַרְעֹה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּפַרְעֹה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·p̄ar·‘ōh
                
                
                     by means of Pharaoh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6547 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Pharaoh = |great house|<BR> 1) the common title of the king of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·p̄ar·‘ōh
         by means of Pharaoh 
    
 
        
            וּבְכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·ḵāl
                
                
                     and all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·ḵāl
         and all 
    
 
        
            חֵיל֔וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֵיל֔וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥê·lōw
                
                
                     his army 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) strength, might, efficiency, wealth, army <BR> 1a) strength <BR> 1b) ability, efficiency <BR> 1c) wealth <BR> 1d) force, army 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥê·lōw
         his army 
    
 
        
            בְּרִכְבּ֖וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּרִכְבּ֖וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·riḵ·bōw
                
                
                     and chariots 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7393 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a team, chariot, chariotry, mill-stone, riders <BR> 1a) chariotry, chariots <BR> 1b) chariot (single) <BR> 1c) upper millstone (as riding on lower millstone) <BR> 1d) riders, troop (of riders), horsemen, pair of horsemen, men riding, ass-riders, camel-riders 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·riḵ·bōw
         and chariots 
    
 
        
            וּבְפָרָשָֽׁיו׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְפָרָשָֽׁיו׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·p̄ā·rā·šāw
                
                
                     and horsemen . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6571 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) horse, steed, warhorse <BR> 2) horseman 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·p̄ā·rā·šāw
         and horsemen . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The Egyptians will know that I am the LORD when I am honored through Pharaoh, his chariots, and his horsemen.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מִצְרַ֖יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרַ֖יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     The Egyptians 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4713 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egyptian = see Egypte |double straits|<BR> 1) Egyptian-an inhabitant or citizen of Egypt <BR> 1a) an Egyptian <BR> 1b) the Egyptian 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ra·yim
         The Egyptians 
    
 
        
            וְיָדְע֥וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיָדְע֥וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yā·ḏə·‘ū
                
                
                     will know 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3045 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to know <BR> 1a1a) to know, learn to know <BR> 1a1b) to perceive <BR> 1a1c) to perceive and see, find out and discern <BR> 1a1d) to discriminate, distinguish <BR> 1a1e) to know by experience <BR> 1a1f) to recognise, admit, acknowledge, confess <BR> 1a1g) to consider <BR> 1a2) to know, be acquainted with <BR> 1a3) to know (a person carnally) <BR> 1a4) to know how, be skilful in <BR> 1a5) to have knowledge, be wise <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be made known, be or become known, be revealed <BR> 1b2) to make oneself known <BR> 1b3) to be perceived <BR> 1b4) to be instructed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to know <BR> 1d) (Poal) to cause to know <BR> 1e) (Pual) <BR> 1e1) to be known <BR> 1e2) known, one known, acquaintance (participle) <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to make known, declare <BR> 1g) (Hophal) to be made known <BR> 1h) (Hithpael) to make oneself known, reveal oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yā·ḏə·‘ū
         will know 
    
 
        
            כִּי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî-
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî-
         that 
    
 
        
            אֲנִ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנִ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nî
                
                
                     I 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        589 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nî
         I 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     am the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         am the LORD 
    
 
        
            בְּהִכָּבְדִ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּהִכָּבְדִ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·hik·kā·ḇə·ḏî
                
                
                     when I am honored 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Verb - Nifal - Infinitive construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3513 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be heavy, be weighty, be grievous, be hard, be rich, be honourable, be glorious, be burdensome, be honoured <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be heavy <BR> 1a2) to be heavy, be insensible, be dull <BR> 1a3) to be honoured <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be made heavy, be honoured, enjoy honour, be made abundant <BR> 1b2) to get oneself glory or honour, gain glory <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to make heavy, make dull, make insensible <BR> 1c2) to make honourable, honour, glorify <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be made honourable, be honoured <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to make heavy <BR> 1e2) to make heavy, make dull, make unresponsive <BR> 1e3) to cause to be honoured <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) <BR> 1f1) to make oneself heavy, make oneself dense, make oneself numerous <BR> 1f2) to honour oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·hik·kā·ḇə·ḏî
         when I am honored 
    
 
        
            בְּפַרְעֹ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּפַרְעֹ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·p̄ar·‘ōh
                
                
                     through Pharaoh , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6547 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Pharaoh = |great house|<BR> 1) the common title of the king of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·p̄ar·‘ōh
         through Pharaoh , 
    
 
        
            בְּרִכְבּ֖וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּרִכְבּ֖וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·riḵ·bōw
                
                
                     his chariots , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7393 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a team, chariot, chariotry, mill-stone, riders <BR> 1a) chariotry, chariots <BR> 1b) chariot (single) <BR> 1c) upper millstone (as riding on lower millstone) <BR> 1d) riders, troop (of riders), horsemen, pair of horsemen, men riding, ass-riders, camel-riders 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·riḵ·bōw
         his chariots , 
    
 
        
            וּבְפָרָשָֽׁיו׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְפָרָשָֽׁיו׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·p̄ā·rā·šāw
                
                
                     and his horsemen . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6571 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) horse, steed, warhorse <BR> 2) horseman 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·p̄ā·rā·šāw
         and his horsemen . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And the angel of God, who had gone before the camp of Israel, withdrew and went behind them. The pillar of cloud also moved from before them and stood behind them,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מַלְאַ֣ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְאַ֣ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·’aḵ
                
                
                     And the angel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4397 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) messenger, representative <BR> 1a) messenger <BR> 1b) angel <BR> 1c) the theophanic angel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·’aḵ
         And the angel 
    
 
        
            הָאֱלֹהִ֗ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֱלֹהִ֗ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ĕ·lō·hîm
                
                
                     of God , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ĕ·lō·hîm
         of God , 
    
 
        
            הַהֹלֵךְ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַהֹלֵךְ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·hō·lêḵ
                
                
                     who had gone 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1980 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, walk, come <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go, walk, come, depart, proceed, move, go away <BR> 1a2) to die, live, manner of life (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to walk <BR> 1b2) to walk (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to traverse <BR> 1c2) to walk about <BR> 1d) (Niphal) to lead, bring, lead away, carry, cause to walk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·hō·lêḵ
         who had gone 
    
 
        
            לִפְנֵי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִפְנֵי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lip̄·nê
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lip̄·nê
         before 
    
 
        
            מַחֲנֵ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַחֲנֵ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ma·ḥă·nêh
                
                
                     the camp 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4264 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) encampment, camp <BR> 1a) camp, place of encampment <BR> 1b) camp of armed host, army camp <BR> 1c) those who encamp, company, body of people 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ma·ḥă·nêh
         the camp 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     of Israel , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         of Israel , 
    
 
        
            וַיִּסַּ֞ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּסַּ֞ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yis·sa‘
                
                
                     withdrew 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5265 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pull out, pull up, set out, journey, remove, set forward, depart <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pull out or up <BR> 1a2) to set out, depart <BR> 1a3) to journey, march <BR> 1a4) to set forth (of wind) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be pulled up, be removed, be plucked up <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to set out, lead out, cause to spring up <BR> 1c2) to remove, quarry 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yis·sa‘
         withdrew 
    
 
        
            וַיֵּ֖לֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֵּ֖לֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yê·leḵ
                
                
                     and went 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1980 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, walk, come <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go, walk, come, depart, proceed, move, go away <BR> 1a2) to die, live, manner of life (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to walk <BR> 1b2) to walk (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to traverse <BR> 1c2) to walk about <BR> 1d) (Niphal) to lead, bring, lead away, carry, cause to walk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yê·leḵ
         and went 
    
 
        
            מֵאַחֲרֵיהֶ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵאַחֲרֵיהֶ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·’a·ḥă·rê·hem
                
                
                     behind them . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        310 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) after the following part, behind (of place), hinder, afterwards (of time)<BR> 1a) as an adverb <BR> 1a1) behind (of place) <BR> 1a2) afterwards (of time) <BR> 1b) as a preposition <BR> 1b1) behind, after (of place) <BR> 1b2) after (of time) <BR> 1b3) besides <BR> 1c) as a conjunction <BR> 1c) after that <BR> 1d) as a substantive <BR> 1d1) hinder part <BR> 1e) with other prepositions <BR> 1e1) from behind <BR> 1e2) from following after 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·’a·ḥă·rê·hem
         behind them . 
    
 
        
            עַמּ֤וּד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַמּ֤וּד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘am·mūḏ
                
                
                     The pillar 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5982 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) pillar, column <BR> 1a) pillar <BR> 1b) column, upright <BR> 1c) column (of smoke) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘am·mūḏ
         The pillar 
    
 
        
            הֶֽעָנָן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֶֽעָנָן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    he·‘ā·nān
                
                
                     of cloud 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6051 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cloud, cloudy, cloud-mass <BR> 1a) cloud-mass (of theophanic cloud) <BR> 1b) cloud 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        he·‘ā·nān
         of cloud 
    
 
        
            וַיִּסַּ֞ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּסַּ֞ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yis·sa‘
                
                
                     also moved 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5265 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pull out, pull up, set out, journey, remove, set forward, depart <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pull out or up <BR> 1a2) to set out, depart <BR> 1a3) to journey, march <BR> 1a4) to set forth (of wind) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be pulled up, be removed, be plucked up <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to set out, lead out, cause to spring up <BR> 1c2) to remove, quarry 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yis·sa‘
         also moved 
    
 
        
            מִפְּנֵיהֶ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִפְּנֵיהֶ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mip·pə·nê·hem
                
                
                     from before them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mip·pə·nê·hem
         from before them 
    
 
        
            וַיַּֽעֲמֹ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּֽעֲמֹ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ya·‘ă·mōḏ
                
                
                     and stood 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5975 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to stand, remain, endure, take one's stand <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to stand, take one's stand, be in a standing attitude, stand forth, take a stand, present oneself, attend upon, be or become servant of <BR> 1a2) to stand still, stop (moving or doing), cease <BR> 1a3) to tarry, delay, remain, continue, abide, endure, persist, be steadfast <BR> 1a4) to make a stand, hold one's ground <BR> 1a5) to stand upright, remain standing, stand up, rise, be erect, be upright <BR> 1a6) to arise, appear, come on the scene, stand forth, appear, rise up or against <BR> 1a7) to stand with, take one's stand, be appointed, grow flat, grow insipid <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to station, set <BR> 1b2) to cause to stand firm, maintain <BR> 1b3) to cause to stand up, cause to set up, erect <BR> 1b4) to present (one) before (king) <BR> 1b5) to appoint, ordain, establish <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be presented, be caused to stand, be stood before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ya·‘ă·mōḏ
         and stood 
    
 
        
            מֵאַחֲרֵיהֶֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵאַחֲרֵיהֶֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·’a·ḥă·rê·hem
                
                
                     behind them , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        310 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) after the following part, behind (of place), hinder, afterwards (of time)<BR> 1a) as an adverb <BR> 1a1) behind (of place) <BR> 1a2) afterwards (of time) <BR> 1b) as a preposition <BR> 1b1) behind, after (of place) <BR> 1b2) after (of time) <BR> 1b3) besides <BR> 1c) as a conjunction <BR> 1c) after that <BR> 1d) as a substantive <BR> 1d1) hinder part <BR> 1e) with other prepositions <BR> 1e1) from behind <BR> 1e2) from following after 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·’a·ḥă·rê·hem
         behind them , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            so that it came between the camps of Egypt and Israel. The cloud was there in the darkness, but it lit up the night. So all night long neither camp went near the other.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַיָּבֹ֞א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיָּבֹ֞א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yā·ḇō
                
                
                     so that it came 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yā·ḇō
         so that it came 
    
 
        
            בֵּ֣ין׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּ֣ין׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bên
                
                
                     between 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        996 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) between, among, in the midst of (with other preps), from between 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bên
         between 
    
 
        
            מַחֲנֵ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַחֲנֵ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ma·ḥă·nêh
                
                
                     the camps 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4264 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) encampment, camp <BR> 1a) camp, place of encampment <BR> 1b) camp of armed host, army camp <BR> 1c) those who encamp, company, body of people 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ma·ḥă·nêh
         the camps 
    
 
        
            מִצְרַ֗יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרַ֗יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     of Egypt 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ra·yim
         of Egypt 
    
 
        
            וּבֵין֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבֵין֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇên
                
                
                     and 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        996 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) between, among, in the midst of (with other preps), from between 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇên
         and 
    
 
        
            מַחֲנֵ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַחֲנֵ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ma·ḥă·nêh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4264 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) encampment, camp <BR> 1a) camp, place of encampment <BR> 1b) camp of armed host, army camp <BR> 1c) those who encamp, company, body of people 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ma·ḥă·nêh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     Israel . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         Israel . 
    
 
        
            הֶֽעָנָן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֶֽעָנָן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    he·‘ā·nān
                
                
                     The cloud 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6051 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cloud, cloudy, cloud-mass <BR> 1a) cloud-mass (of theophanic cloud) <BR> 1b) cloud 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        he·‘ā·nān
         The cloud 
    
 
        
            וַיְהִ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְהִ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî
                
                
                     was 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî
         was 
    
 
        
            וְהַחֹ֔שֶׁךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַחֹ֔שֶׁךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ha·ḥō·šeḵ
                
                
                     there in the darkness , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2822 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) darkness, obscurity <BR> 1a) darkness <BR> 1b) secret place 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ha·ḥō·šeḵ
         there in the darkness , 
    
 
        
            וַיָּ֖אֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיָּ֖אֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yā·’er
                
                
                     but it lit up 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        215 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be or become light, shine <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to become light (day)<BR> 1a2) to shine (of the sun) <BR> 1a3) to become bright <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be illuminated <BR> 1b2) to become lighted up <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to give light, shine (of sun, moon, and stars) <BR> 1c2) to illumine, light up, cause to shine, shine <BR> 1c3) to kindle, light (candle, wood) <BR> 1c4) lighten (of the eyes, his law, etc) <BR> 1c5) to make shine (of the face) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yā·’er
         but it lit up 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַלָּ֑יְלָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַלָּ֑יְלָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hal·lā·yə·lāh
                
                
                     the night . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3915 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) night <BR> 1a) night (as opposed to day) <BR> 1b) of gloom, protective shadow (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hal·lā·yə·lāh
         the night . 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     So all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         So all 
    
 
        
            הַלָּֽיְלָה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַלָּֽיְלָה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hal·lā·yə·lāh
                
                
                     night long 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3915 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) night <BR> 1a) night (as opposed to day) <BR> 1b) of gloom, protective shadow (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hal·lā·yə·lāh
         night long 
    
 
        
            וְלֹא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלֹא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lō-
                
                
                     neither [camp] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lō-
         neither [camp] 
    
 
        
            קָרַ֥ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קָרַ֥ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qā·raḇ
                
                
                     went near 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7126 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come near, approach, enter into, draw near <BR> 1a) (Qal) to approach, draw near <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be brought near <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to approach, bring near, cause to draw near <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to bring near, bring, present 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qā·raḇ
         went near 
    
 
        
            זֶ֛ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זֶ֛ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zeh
                
                
                     the other 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2088 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, this one, here, which, this...that, the one...the other, another, such <BR> 1a) (alone) <BR> 1a1) this one <BR> 1a2) this...that, the one...the other, another <BR> 1b) (appos to subst) <BR> 1b1) this <BR> 1c) (as predicate) <BR> 1c1) this, such <BR> 1d) (enclitically) <BR> 1d1) then <BR> 1d2) who, whom <BR> 1d3) how now, what now <BR> 1d4) what now <BR> 1d5) wherefore now <BR> 1d6) behold here <BR> 1d7) just now <BR> 1d8) now, now already <BR> 1e) (poetry) <BR> 1e1) wherein, which, those who <BR> 1f) (with prefixes) <BR> 1f1) in this (place) here, then <BR> 1f2) on these conditions, herewith, thus provided, by, through this, for this cause, in this matter <BR> 1f3) thus and thus <BR> 1f4) as follows, things such as these, accordingly, to that effect, in like manner, thus and thus <BR> 1f5) from here, hence, on one side...on the other side <BR> 1f6) on this account <BR> 1f7) in spite of this, which, whence, how 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zeh
         the other 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            זֶ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זֶ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zeh
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2088 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, this one, here, which, this...that, the one...the other, another, such <BR> 1a) (alone) <BR> 1a1) this one <BR> 1a2) this...that, the one...the other, another <BR> 1b) (appos to subst) <BR> 1b1) this <BR> 1c) (as predicate) <BR> 1c1) this, such <BR> 1d) (enclitically) <BR> 1d1) then <BR> 1d2) who, whom <BR> 1d3) how now, what now <BR> 1d4) what now <BR> 1d5) wherefore now <BR> 1d6) behold here <BR> 1d7) just now <BR> 1d8) now, now already <BR> 1e) (poetry) <BR> 1e1) wherein, which, those who <BR> 1f) (with prefixes) <BR> 1f1) in this (place) here, then <BR> 1f2) on these conditions, herewith, thus provided, by, through this, for this cause, in this matter <BR> 1f3) thus and thus <BR> 1f4) as follows, things such as these, accordingly, to that effect, in like manner, thus and thus <BR> 1f5) from here, hence, on one side...on the other side <BR> 1f6) on this account <BR> 1f7) in spite of this, which, whence, how 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zeh
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then Moses stretched out his hand over the sea, and all that night the LORD drove back the sea with a strong east wind that turned it into dry land. So the waters were divided,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מֹשֶׁ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹשֶׁ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·šeh
                
                
                     Then Moses 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·šeh
         Then Moses 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            וַיֵּ֨ט 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֵּ֨ט 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yêṭ
                
                
                     stretched out 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5186 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to stretch out, extend, spread out, pitch, turn, pervert, incline, bend, bow <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to stretch out, extend, stretch, offer <BR> 1a2) to spread out, pitch (tent) <BR> 1a3) to bend, turn, incline <BR> 1a3a) to turn aside, incline, decline, bend down <BR> 1a3b) to bend, bow <BR> 1a3c) to hold out, extend (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be stretched out <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to stretch out <BR> 1c2) to spread out <BR> 1c3) to turn, incline, influence, bend down, hold out, extend, thrust aside, thrust away 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yêṭ
         stretched out 
    
 
        
            יָדוֹ֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָדוֹ֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·ḏōw
                
                
                     his hand 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·ḏōw
         his hand 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     over 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         over 
    
 
        
            הַיָּם֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיָּם֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yām
                
                
                     the sea , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3220 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sea <BR> 1a) Mediterranean Sea <BR> 1b) Red Sea <BR> 1c) Dead Sea <BR> 1d) Sea of Galilee <BR> 1e) sea (general) <BR> 1f) mighty river (Nile) <BR> 1g) the sea (the great basin in the temple court) <BR> 1h) seaward, west, westward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yām
         the sea , 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     and all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         and all 
    
 
        
            הַלַּ֔יְלָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַלַּ֔יְלָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hal·lay·lāh
                
                
                     that night 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3915 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) night <BR> 1a) night (as opposed to day) <BR> 1b) of gloom, protective shadow (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hal·lay·lāh
         that night 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֣ה׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֣ה׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            וַיּ֣וֹלֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיּ֣וֹלֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·w·leḵ
                
                
                     drove back 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1980 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, walk, come <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go, walk, come, depart, proceed, move, go away <BR> 1a2) to die, live, manner of life (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to walk <BR> 1b2) to walk (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to traverse <BR> 1c2) to walk about <BR> 1d) (Niphal) to lead, bring, lead away, carry, cause to walk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·w·leḵ
         drove back 
    
 
        
            הַ֠יָּם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַ֠יָּם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yām
                
                
                     the sea 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3220 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sea <BR> 1a) Mediterranean Sea <BR> 1b) Red Sea <BR> 1c) Dead Sea <BR> 1d) Sea of Galilee <BR> 1e) sea (general) <BR> 1f) mighty river (Nile) <BR> 1g) the sea (the great basin in the temple court) <BR> 1h) seaward, west, westward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yām
         the sea 
    
 
        
            עַזָּה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַזָּה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘az·zāh
                
                
                     with a strong 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5794 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) strong, mighty, fierce 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘az·zāh
         with a strong 
    
 
        
            קָדִ֤ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קָדִ֤ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qā·ḏîm
                
                
                     east 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) east, east wind <BR> 1a) east (of direction)<BR> 1b) east wind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qā·ḏîm
         east 
    
 
        
            בְּר֨וּחַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּר֨וּחַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·rū·aḥ
                
                
                     wind 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7307 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wind, breath, mind, spirit <BR> 1a) breath<BR> 1b) wind <BR> 1b1) of heaven <BR> 1b2) quarter (of wind), side <BR> 1b3) breath of air <BR> 1b4) air, gas <BR> 1b5) vain, empty thing <BR> 1c) spirit (as that which breathes quickly in animation or agitation) <BR> 1c1) spirit, animation, vivacity, vigour <BR> 1c2) courage <BR> 1c3) temper, anger <BR> 1c4) impatience, patience <BR> 1c5) spirit, disposition (as troubled, bitter, discontented) <BR> 1c6) disposition (of various kinds), unaccountable or uncontrollable impulse <BR> 1c7) prophetic spirit <BR> 1d) spirit (of the living, breathing being in man and animals) <BR> 1d1) as gift, preserved by God, God's spirit, departing at death, disembodied being <BR> 1e) spirit (as seat of emotion) <BR> 1e1) desire <BR> 1e2) sorrow, trouble <BR> 1f) spirit <BR> 1f1) as seat or organ of mental acts <BR> 1f2) rarely of the will <BR> 1f3) as seat especially of moral character <BR> 1g) Spirit of God, the third person of the triune God, the Holy Spirit, coequal, coeternal with the Father and the Son <BR> 1g1) as inspiring ecstatic state of prophecy <BR> 1g2) as impelling prophet to utter instruction or warning <BR> 1g3) imparting warlike energy and executive and administrative power <BR> 1g4) as endowing men with various gifts <BR> 1g5) as energy of life <BR> 1g6) as manifest in the Shekinah glory <BR> 1g7) never referred to as a depersonalised force 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·rū·aḥ
         wind 
    
 
        
            וַיָּ֥שֶׂם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיָּ֥שֶׂם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yā·śem
                
                
                     that turned 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7760 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to put, place, set, appoint, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to put, set, lay, put or lay upon, lay (violent) hands on <BR> 1a2) to set, direct, direct toward <BR> 1a2a) to extend (compassion) (fig) <BR> 1a3) to set, ordain, establish, found, appoint, constitute, make, determine, fix <BR> 1a4) to set, station, put, set in place, plant, fix <BR> 1a5) to make, make for, transform into, constitute, fashion, work, bring to pass, appoint, give <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) to set or make for a sign <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be set 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yā·śem
         that turned 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַיָּ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיָּ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yām
                
                
                     [it] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3220 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sea <BR> 1a) Mediterranean Sea <BR> 1b) Red Sea <BR> 1c) Dead Sea <BR> 1d) Sea of Galilee <BR> 1e) sea (general) <BR> 1f) mighty river (Nile) <BR> 1g) the sea (the great basin in the temple court) <BR> 1h) seaward, west, westward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yām
         [it] 
    
 
        
            לֶחָרָבָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֶחָרָבָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    le·ḥā·rā·ḇāh
                
                
                     into dry land . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l, Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2724 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dry land, dry ground 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        le·ḥā·rā·ḇāh
         into dry land . 
    
 
        
            הַמָּֽיִם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמָּֽיִם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·mā·yim
                
                
                     So the waters 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4325 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) water, waters <BR> 1a) water <BR> 1b) water of the feet, urine <BR> 1c) of danger, violence, transitory things, refreshment (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·mā·yim
         So the waters 
    
 
        
            וַיִּבָּקְע֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּבָּקְע֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yib·bā·qə·‘ū
                
                
                     were divided , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Nifal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1234 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to split, cleave, break open, divide, break through, rip up, break up, tear <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to cleave, cleave open <BR> 1a2) to break through, break into <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be cleft, be rent open, be split open <BR> 1b2) to be broken into <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to cleave, cut to pieces, rend open <BR> 1c2) to break through, break down <BR> 1d) (Pual) <BR> 1d1) to be ripped open, be torn open <BR> 1d2) to be rent <BR> 1d3) to be broken into <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to break into <BR> 1e2) to break through <BR> 1f) (Hophal) to be broken into <BR> 1g) (Hithpael) to burst (themselves) open, cleave asunder 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yib·bā·qə·‘ū
         were divided , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            and the Israelites went through the sea on dry ground, with walls of water on their right and on their left.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בְנֵֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְנֵֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·nê-
                
                
                     and the Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·nê-
         and the Israelites 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וַיָּבֹ֧אוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיָּבֹ֧אוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yā·ḇō·’ū
                
                
                     went 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yā·ḇō·’ū
         went 
    
 
        
            בְּת֥וֹךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּת֥וֹךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ṯō·wḵ
                
                
                     through 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8432 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, middle <BR> 1a) midst, middle <BR> 1b) into, through (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) among (of a number of persons) <BR> 1d) between (of things arranged by twos) <BR> 1e) from among (as to take or separate etc) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ṯō·wḵ
         through 
    
 
        
            הַיָּ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיָּ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yām
                
                
                     the sea 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3220 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sea <BR> 1a) Mediterranean Sea <BR> 1b) Red Sea <BR> 1c) Dead Sea <BR> 1d) Sea of Galilee <BR> 1e) sea (general) <BR> 1f) mighty river (Nile) <BR> 1g) the sea (the great basin in the temple court) <BR> 1h) seaward, west, westward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yām
         the sea 
    
 
        
            בַּיַּבָּשָׁ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּיַּבָּשָׁ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bay·yab·bā·šāh
                
                
                     on dry ground , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3004 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dry land, dry ground 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bay·yab·bā·šāh
         on dry ground , 
    
 
        
            חֹמָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֹמָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥō·māh
                
                
                     with walls 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2346 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wall 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥō·māh
         with walls 
    
 
        
            וְהַמַּ֤יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַמַּ֤יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ham·ma·yim
                
                
                     of water 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4325 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) water, waters <BR> 1a) water <BR> 1b) water of the feet, urine <BR> 1c) of danger, violence, transitory things, refreshment (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ham·ma·yim
         of water 
    
 
        
            לָהֶם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֶם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hem
                
                
                     on their 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hem
         on their 
    
 
        
            מִֽימִינָ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִֽימִינָ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mî·mî·nām
                
                
                     right 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3225 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) right, right hand, right side <BR> 1a) right hand <BR> 1b) right (of direction) <BR> 1c) south (the direction of the right hand when facing East) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mî·mî·nām
         right 
    
 
        
            וּמִשְּׂמֹאלָֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִשְּׂמֹאלָֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·miś·śə·mō·lām
                
                
                     and on their left . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8040 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) the left, the left hand, the left side <BR> 1a) left <BR> 1b) left hand <BR> 1c) north (as one faces east) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·miś·śə·mō·lām
         and on their left . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And the Egyptians chased after them—all Pharaoh’s horses, chariots, and horsemen—and followed them into the sea.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מִצְרַ֙יִם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרַ֙יִם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     And the Egyptians 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4713 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egyptian = see Egypte |double straits|<BR> 1) Egyptian-an inhabitant or citizen of Egypt <BR> 1a) an Egyptian <BR> 1b) the Egyptian 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ra·yim
         And the Egyptians 
    
 
        
            וַיִּרְדְּפ֤וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּרְדְּפ֤וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yir·də·p̄ū
                
                
                     chased after them — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7291 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be behind, follow after, pursue, persecute, run after<BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pursue, put to flight, chase, dog, attend closely upon <BR> 1a2) to persecute, harass (fig) <BR> 1a3) to follow after, aim to secure (fig) <BR> 1a4) to run after (a bribe) (fig) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be pursued <BR> 1b2) one pursued (participle) <BR> 1c) (Piel) to pursue ardently, aim eagerly to secure, pursue <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be pursued, be chased away <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) to pursue, chase 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yir·də·p̄ū
         chased after them — 
    
 
        
            כֹּ֚ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֹּ֚ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kōl
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kōl
         all 
    
 
        
            פַּרְעֹ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַּרְעֹ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    par·‘ōh
                
                
                     Pharaoh’s 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6547 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Pharaoh = |great house|<BR> 1) the common title of the king of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        par·‘ōh
         Pharaoh’s 
    
 
        
            ס֣וּס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ס֣וּס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sūs
                
                
                     horses , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5483 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) swallow, swift <BR> 2) horse <BR> 2a) chariot horses 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sūs
         horses , 
    
 
        
            רִכְבּ֖וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רִכְבּ֖וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    riḵ·bōw
                
                
                     chariots , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7393 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a team, chariot, chariotry, mill-stone, riders <BR> 1a) chariotry, chariots <BR> 1b) chariot (single) <BR> 1c) upper millstone (as riding on lower millstone) <BR> 1d) riders, troop (of riders), horsemen, pair of horsemen, men riding, ass-riders, camel-riders 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        riḵ·bōw
         chariots , 
    
 
        
            וּפָרָשָׁ֑יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּפָרָשָׁ֑יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄ā·rā·šāw
                
                
                     and horsemen — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6571 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) horse, steed, warhorse <BR> 2) horseman 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄ā·rā·šāw
         and horsemen — 
    
 
        
            וַיָּבֹ֣אוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיָּבֹ֣אוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yā·ḇō·’ū
                
                
                     and followed 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yā·ḇō·’ū
         and followed 
    
 
        
            אַחֲרֵיהֶ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַחֲרֵיהֶ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·ḥă·rê·hem
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        310 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) after the following part, behind (of place), hinder, afterwards (of time)<BR> 1a) as an adverb <BR> 1a1) behind (of place) <BR> 1a2) afterwards (of time) <BR> 1b) as a preposition <BR> 1b1) behind, after (of place) <BR> 1b2) after (of time) <BR> 1b3) besides <BR> 1c) as a conjunction <BR> 1c) after that <BR> 1d) as a substantive <BR> 1d1) hinder part <BR> 1e) with other prepositions <BR> 1e1) from behind <BR> 1e2) from following after 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·ḥă·rê·hem
         them 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     into 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         into 
    
 
        
            תּ֖וֹךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תּ֖וֹךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tō·wḵ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8432 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, middle <BR> 1a) midst, middle <BR> 1b) into, through (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) among (of a number of persons) <BR> 1d) between (of things arranged by twos) <BR> 1e) from among (as to take or separate etc) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tō·wḵ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הַיָּֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיָּֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yām
                
                
                     the sea . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3220 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sea <BR> 1a) Mediterranean Sea <BR> 1b) Red Sea <BR> 1c) Dead Sea <BR> 1d) Sea of Galilee <BR> 1e) sea (general) <BR> 1f) mighty river (Nile) <BR> 1g) the sea (the great basin in the temple court) <BR> 1h) seaward, west, westward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yām
         the sea . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            At morning watch, however, the LORD looked down on the army of the Egyptians from the pillar of fire and cloud, and He threw their camp into confusion.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הַבֹּ֔קֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַבֹּ֔קֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hab·bō·qer
                
                
                     At morning 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1242 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) morning, break of day <BR> 1a) morning <BR> 1a1) of end of night <BR> 1a2) of coming of daylight <BR> 1a3) of coming of sunrise <BR> 1a4) of beginning of day <BR> 1a5) of bright joy after night of distress (fig.) <BR> 1b) morrow, next day, next morning 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hab·bō·qer
         At morning 
    
 
        
            בְּאַשְׁמֹ֣רֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּאַשְׁמֹ֣רֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·’aš·mō·reṯ
                
                
                     watch , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        821 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) watch (a period of time), night-watch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·’aš·mō·reṯ
         watch , 
    
 
        
            וַֽיְהִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽיְהִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî
                
                
                     however , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî
         however , 
    
 
        
            יְהוָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            וַיַּשְׁקֵ֤ף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּשְׁקֵ֤ף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yaš·qêp̄
                
                
                     looked down 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to overlook, look down or out, overhang, look out and down <BR> 1a) (Niphal) to lean over (and look), look down <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) to look down, look down upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yaš·qêp̄
         looked down 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         on 
    
 
        
            מַחֲנֵ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַחֲנֵ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ma·ḥă·nêh
                
                
                     the army 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4264 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) encampment, camp <BR> 1a) camp, place of encampment <BR> 1b) camp of armed host, army camp <BR> 1c) those who encamp, company, body of people 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ma·ḥă·nêh
         the army 
    
 
        
            מִצְרַ֔יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרַ֔יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     of the Egyptians 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4713 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egyptian = see Egypte |double straits|<BR> 1) Egyptian-an inhabitant or citizen of Egypt <BR> 1a) an Egyptian <BR> 1b) the Egyptian 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ra·yim
         of the Egyptians 
    
 
        
            בְּעַמּ֥וּד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּעַמּ֥וּד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·‘am·mūḏ
                
                
                     from the pillar 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5982 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) pillar, column <BR> 1a) pillar <BR> 1b) column, upright <BR> 1c) column (of smoke) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·‘am·mūḏ
         from the pillar 
    
 
        
            אֵ֖שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵ֖שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’êš
                
                
                     of fire 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        784 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fire <BR> 1a) fire, flames <BR> 1b) supernatural fire (accompanying theophany) <BR> 1c) fire (for cooking, roasting, parching) <BR> 1d) altar-fire <BR> 1e) God's anger (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’êš
         of fire 
    
 
        
            וְעָנָ֑ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָנָ֑ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·nān
                
                
                     and cloud , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6051 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cloud, cloudy, cloud-mass <BR> 1a) cloud-mass (of theophanic cloud) <BR> 1b) cloud 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·nān
         and cloud , 
    
 
        
            וַיָּ֕הָם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיָּ֕הָם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yā·hām
                
                
                     and He threw their camp into confusion 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2000 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to move noisily, confuse, make a noise, discomfit, break, consume, crush, destroy, trouble, vex <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to move noisily <BR> 1a2) to confuse, discomfit, vex 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yā·hām
         and He threw their camp into confusion 
    
 
        
            אֵ֖ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵ֖ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’êṯ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’êṯ
         - 
    
 
        
            מַחֲנֵ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַחֲנֵ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ma·ḥă·nêh
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4264 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) encampment, camp <BR> 1a) camp, place of encampment <BR> 1b) camp of armed host, army camp <BR> 1c) those who encamp, company, body of people 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ma·ḥă·nêh
         - 
    
 
        
            מִצְרָֽיִם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרָֽיִם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·rā·yim
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4713 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egyptian = see Egypte |double straits|<BR> 1) Egyptian-an inhabitant or citizen of Egypt <BR> 1a) an Egyptian <BR> 1b) the Egyptian 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·rā·yim
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            He caused their chariot wheels to wobble, so that they had difficulty driving. “Let us flee from the Israelites,” said the Egyptians, “for the LORD is fighting for them against Egypt!”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מַרְכְּבֹתָ֔יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַרְכְּבֹתָ֔יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mar·kə·ḇō·ṯāw
                
                
                     He caused their chariot 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4818 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) chariot 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mar·kə·ḇō·ṯāw
         He caused their chariot 
    
 
        
            אֹפַ֣ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹפַ֣ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·p̄an
                
                
                     wheels 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        212 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wheel <BR> 1a) chariot wheel <BR> 1b) wheel in Ezekiel's vision <BR> 1c) wheels of the ten bases beneath the lavers in Solomon's temple 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·p̄an
         wheels 
    
 
        
            וַיָּ֗סַר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיָּ֗סַר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yā·sar
                
                
                     to wobble , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5493 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to turn aside, depart <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to turn aside, turn in unto <BR> 1a2) to depart, depart from way, avoid <BR> 1a3) to be removed <BR> 1a4) to come to an end <BR> 1b) (Polel) to turn aside <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to turn aside, cause to depart, remove, take away, put away, depose <BR> 1c2) to put aside, leave undone, retract, reject, abolish <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be taken away, be removed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yā·sar
         to wobble , 
    
 
        
            אֵ֚ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵ֚ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’êṯ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’êṯ
         - 
    
 
        
            בִּכְבֵדֻ֑ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּכְבֵדֻ֑ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    biḵ·ḇê·ḏuṯ
                
                
                     so that they had difficulty 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3517 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heaviness, difficulty 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        biḵ·ḇê·ḏuṯ
         so that they had difficulty 
    
 
        
            וַֽיְנַהֲגֵ֖הוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽיְנַהֲגֵ֖הוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·na·hă·ḡê·hū
                
                
                     driving . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5090 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to drive, lead, guide, conduct <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to drive, lead on, drive away, drive off <BR> 1a2) to behave itself (fig.) (of heart) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to drive away, lead off <BR> 1b2) to lead on, guide, guide on <BR> 1b3) to cause to drive <BR> 2) (Piel) to moan, lament 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·na·hă·ḡê·hū
         driving . 
    
 
        
            אָנ֙וּסָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָנ֙וּסָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·nū·sāh
                
                
                     “ Let us flee 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect Cohortative - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5127 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to flee, escape <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to flee<BR> 1a2) to escape <BR> 1a3) to take flight, m depart, disappear <BR> 1a4) to fly (to the attack) on horseback <BR> 1b) (Polel) to drive at <BR> 1c) (Hithpolel) to take flight <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to put to flight <BR> 1d2) to drive hastily <BR> 1d3) to cause to disappear, hide 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·nū·sāh
         “ Let us flee 
    
 
        
            מִפְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִפְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mip·pə·nê
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mip·pə·nê
         from 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     the Israelites , ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         the Israelites , ” 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     said 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         said 
    
 
        
            מִצְרַ֗יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרַ֗יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     the Egyptians , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ra·yim
         the Egyptians , 
    
 
        
            כִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     “ for 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         “ for 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            נִלְחָ֥ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נִלְחָ֥ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nil·ḥām
                
                
                     is fighting 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3898 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fight, do battle, make war <BR> 1a) (Qal) to fight, do battle <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to engage in battle, wage war <BR> 2) (Qal) to eat, use as food 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nil·ḥām
         is fighting 
    
 
        
            לָהֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hem
                
                
                     for them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hem
         for them 
    
 
        
            בְּמִצְרָֽיִם׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּמִצְרָֽיִם׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·miṣ·rå̄·yim
                
                
                     against Egypt ! ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·miṣ·rå̄·yim
         against Egypt ! ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then the LORD said to Moses, “Stretch out your hand over the sea, so that the waters may flow back over the Egyptians and their chariots and horsemen.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            יְהוָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     Then the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         Then the LORD 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֤אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֤אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     said 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         said 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            מֹשֶׁ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹשֶׁ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·šeh
                
                
                     Moses , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·šeh
         Moses , 
    
 
        
            נְטֵ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְטֵ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ṭêh
                
                
                     “ Stretch out 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5186 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to stretch out, extend, spread out, pitch, turn, pervert, incline, bend, bow <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to stretch out, extend, stretch, offer <BR> 1a2) to spread out, pitch (tent) <BR> 1a3) to bend, turn, incline <BR> 1a3a) to turn aside, incline, decline, bend down <BR> 1a3b) to bend, bow <BR> 1a3c) to hold out, extend (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be stretched out <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to stretch out <BR> 1c2) to spread out <BR> 1c3) to turn, incline, influence, bend down, hold out, extend, thrust aside, thrust away 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ṭêh
         “ Stretch out 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            יָדְךָ֖ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָדְךָ֖ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·ḏə·ḵā
                
                
                     your hand 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·ḏə·ḵā
         your hand 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     over 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         over 
    
 
        
            הַיָּ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיָּ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yām
                
                
                     the sea , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3220 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sea <BR> 1a) Mediterranean Sea <BR> 1b) Red Sea <BR> 1c) Dead Sea <BR> 1d) Sea of Galilee <BR> 1e) sea (general) <BR> 1f) mighty river (Nile) <BR> 1g) the sea (the great basin in the temple court) <BR> 1h) seaward, west, westward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yām
         the sea , 
    
 
        
            הַמַּ֙יִם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמַּ֙יִם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·ma·yim
                
                
                     so that the waters 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4325 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) water, waters <BR> 1a) water <BR> 1b) water of the feet, urine <BR> 1c) of danger, violence, transitory things, refreshment (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·ma·yim
         so that the waters 
    
 
        
            וְיָשֻׁ֤בוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיָשֻׁ֤בוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yā·šu·ḇū
                
                
                     may flow back 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7725 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to return, turn back <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to turn back, return <BR> 1a1a) to turn back <BR> 1a1b) to return, come or go back <BR> 1a1c) to return unto, go back, come back <BR> 1a1d) of dying <BR> 1a1e) of human relations (fig) <BR> 1a1f) of spiritual relations (fig) <BR> 1a1f1) to turn back (from God), apostatise <BR> 1a1f2) to turn away (of God) <BR> 1a1f3) to turn back (to God), repent <BR> 1a1f4) turn back (from evil) <BR> 1a1g) of inanimate things <BR> 1a1h) in repetition <BR> 1b) (Polel) <BR> 1b1) to bring back <BR> 1b2) to restore, refresh, repair (fig) <BR> 1b3) to lead away (enticingly) <BR> 1b4) to show turning, apostatise <BR> 1c) (Pual) restored (participle) <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to cause to return, bring back <BR> 1d1) to bring back, allow to return, put back, draw back, give back, restore, relinquish, give in payment <BR> 1d2) to bring back, refresh, restore <BR> 1d3) to bring back, report to, answer <BR> 1d4) to bring back, make requital, pay (as recompense) <BR> 1d5) to turn back or backward, repel, defeat, repulse, hinder, reject, refuse <BR> 1d6) to turn away (face), turn toward <BR> 1d7) to turn against <BR> 1d8) to bring back to mind <BR> 1d9) to show a turning away 1d10) to reverse, revoke <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to be returned, be restored, be brought back <BR> 1f) (Pulal) brought back 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yā·šu·ḇū
         may flow back 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     over 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         over 
    
 
        
            מִצְרַ֔יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרַ֔יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     the Egyptians 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ra·yim
         the Egyptians 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     [and] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         [and] 
    
 
        
            רִכְבּ֖וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רִכְבּ֖וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    riḵ·bōw
                
                
                     their chariots 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7393 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a team, chariot, chariotry, mill-stone, riders <BR> 1a) chariotry, chariots <BR> 1b) chariot (single) <BR> 1c) upper millstone (as riding on lower millstone) <BR> 1d) riders, troop (of riders), horsemen, pair of horsemen, men riding, ass-riders, camel-riders 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        riḵ·bōw
         their chariots 
    
 
        
            וְעַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘al-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘al-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            פָּרָשָֽׁיו׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פָּרָשָֽׁיו׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pā·rā·šāw
                
                
                     and horsemen . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6571 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) horse, steed, warhorse <BR> 2) horseman 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pā·rā·šāw
         and horsemen . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So Moses stretched out his hand over the sea, and at daybreak the sea returned to its normal state. As the Egyptians were retreating, the LORD swept them into the sea.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מֹשֶׁ֨ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹשֶׁ֨ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·šeh
                
                
                     So Moses 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·šeh
         So Moses 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            וַיֵּט֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֵּט֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yêṭ
                
                
                     stretched out 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5186 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to stretch out, extend, spread out, pitch, turn, pervert, incline, bend, bow <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to stretch out, extend, stretch, offer <BR> 1a2) to spread out, pitch (tent) <BR> 1a3) to bend, turn, incline <BR> 1a3a) to turn aside, incline, decline, bend down <BR> 1a3b) to bend, bow <BR> 1a3c) to hold out, extend (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be stretched out <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to stretch out <BR> 1c2) to spread out <BR> 1c3) to turn, incline, influence, bend down, hold out, extend, thrust aside, thrust away 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yêṭ
         stretched out 
    
 
        
            יָד֜וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָד֜וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·ḏōw
                
                
                     his hand 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·ḏōw
         his hand 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     over 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         over 
    
 
        
            הַיָּ֗ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיָּ֗ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yām
                
                
                     the sea , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3220 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sea <BR> 1a) Mediterranean Sea <BR> 1b) Red Sea <BR> 1c) Dead Sea <BR> 1d) Sea of Galilee <BR> 1e) sea (general) <BR> 1f) mighty river (Nile) <BR> 1g) the sea (the great basin in the temple court) <BR> 1h) seaward, west, westward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yām
         the sea , 
    
 
        
            לִפְנ֥וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִפְנ֥וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lip̄·nō·wṯ
                
                
                     and at daybreak 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to turn <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to turn toward or from or away <BR> 1a2) to turn and do <BR> 1a3) to turn, decline (of day) <BR> 1a4) to turn toward, approach (of evening) <BR> 1a5) to turn and look, look, look back or at or after or for <BR> 1b) (Piel) to turn away, put out of the way, make clear, clear away <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to turn <BR> 1c2) to make a turn, show signs of turning, turn back <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be turned back 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lip̄·nō·wṯ
         and at daybreak 
    
 
        
            בֹּ֙קֶר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֹּ֙קֶר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bō·qer
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1242 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) morning, break of day <BR> 1a) morning <BR> 1a1) of end of night <BR> 1a2) of coming of daylight <BR> 1a3) of coming of sunrise <BR> 1a4) of beginning of day <BR> 1a5) of bright joy after night of distress (fig.) <BR> 1b) morrow, next day, next morning 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bō·qer
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הַיָּ֜ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיָּ֜ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yām
                
                
                     the sea 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3220 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sea <BR> 1a) Mediterranean Sea <BR> 1b) Red Sea <BR> 1c) Dead Sea <BR> 1d) Sea of Galilee <BR> 1e) sea (general) <BR> 1f) mighty river (Nile) <BR> 1g) the sea (the great basin in the temple court) <BR> 1h) seaward, west, westward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yām
         the sea 
    
 
        
            וַיָּ֨שָׁב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיָּ֨שָׁב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yā·šāḇ
                
                
                     returned 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7725 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to return, turn back <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to turn back, return <BR> 1a1a) to turn back <BR> 1a1b) to return, come or go back <BR> 1a1c) to return unto, go back, come back <BR> 1a1d) of dying <BR> 1a1e) of human relations (fig) <BR> 1a1f) of spiritual relations (fig) <BR> 1a1f1) to turn back (from God), apostatise <BR> 1a1f2) to turn away (of God) <BR> 1a1f3) to turn back (to God), repent <BR> 1a1f4) turn back (from evil) <BR> 1a1g) of inanimate things <BR> 1a1h) in repetition <BR> 1b) (Polel) <BR> 1b1) to bring back <BR> 1b2) to restore, refresh, repair (fig) <BR> 1b3) to lead away (enticingly) <BR> 1b4) to show turning, apostatise <BR> 1c) (Pual) restored (participle) <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to cause to return, bring back <BR> 1d1) to bring back, allow to return, put back, draw back, give back, restore, relinquish, give in payment <BR> 1d2) to bring back, refresh, restore <BR> 1d3) to bring back, report to, answer <BR> 1d4) to bring back, make requital, pay (as recompense) <BR> 1d5) to turn back or backward, repel, defeat, repulse, hinder, reject, refuse <BR> 1d6) to turn away (face), turn toward <BR> 1d7) to turn against <BR> 1d8) to bring back to mind <BR> 1d9) to show a turning away 1d10) to reverse, revoke <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to be returned, be restored, be brought back <BR> 1f) (Pulal) brought back 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yā·šāḇ
         returned 
    
 
        
            לְאֵ֣יתָנ֔וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְאֵ֣יתָנ֔וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·’ê·ṯā·nōw
                
                
                     to its normal state . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        386 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) perpetual, constant, perennial, ever-flowing <BR> 1a) ever-flowing (of a stream) <BR> 1b) permanence, permanent, enduring (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·’ê·ṯā·nōw
         to its normal state . 
    
 
        
            וּמִצְרַ֖יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִצְרַ֖יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     As the Egyptians 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·miṣ·ra·yim
         As the Egyptians 
    
 
        
            נָסִ֣ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נָסִ֣ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nā·sîm
                
                
                     were retreating 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5127 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to flee, escape <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to flee<BR> 1a2) to escape <BR> 1a3) to take flight, m depart, disappear <BR> 1a4) to fly (to the attack) on horseback <BR> 1b) (Polel) to drive at <BR> 1c) (Hithpolel) to take flight <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to put to flight <BR> 1d2) to drive hastily <BR> 1d3) to cause to disappear, hide 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nā·sîm
         were retreating 
    
 
        
            לִקְרָאת֑וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִקְרָאת֑וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liq·rā·ṯōw
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7122 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to encounter, befall, meet<BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to meet, encounter <BR> 1a2) to befall (fig) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to meet, meet unexpectedly <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) to cause to meet 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liq·rā·ṯōw
         - , 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֛ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֛ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִצְרַ֖יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרַ֖יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ra·yim
         - 
    
 
        
            וַיְנַעֵ֧ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְנַעֵ֧ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·na·‘êr
                
                
                     swept them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5287 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to shake, shake out or off <BR> 1a) (Qal) to shake out, show emptiness <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be shaken <BR> 1b2) to shake oneself <BR> 1c) (Piel) to shake off or out <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to shake oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·na·‘êr
         swept them 
    
 
        
            בְּת֥וֹךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּת֥וֹךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ṯō·wḵ
                
                
                     into 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8432 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, middle <BR> 1a) midst, middle <BR> 1b) into, through (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) among (of a number of persons) <BR> 1d) between (of things arranged by twos) <BR> 1e) from among (as to take or separate etc) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ṯō·wḵ
         into 
    
 
        
            הַיָּֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיָּֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yām
                
                
                     the sea . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3220 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sea <BR> 1a) Mediterranean Sea <BR> 1b) Red Sea <BR> 1c) Dead Sea <BR> 1d) Sea of Galilee <BR> 1e) sea (general) <BR> 1f) mighty river (Nile) <BR> 1g) the sea (the great basin in the temple court) <BR> 1h) seaward, west, westward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yām
         the sea . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The waters flowed back and covered the chariots and horsemen—the entire army of Pharaoh that had chased the Israelites into the sea. Not one of them survived.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הַמַּ֗יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמַּ֗יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·ma·yim
                
                
                     The waters 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4325 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) water, waters <BR> 1a) water <BR> 1b) water of the feet, urine <BR> 1c) of danger, violence, transitory things, refreshment (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·ma·yim
         The waters 
    
 
        
            וַיָּשֻׁ֣בוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיָּשֻׁ֣בוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yā·šu·ḇū
                
                
                     flowed back 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7725 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to return, turn back <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to turn back, return <BR> 1a1a) to turn back <BR> 1a1b) to return, come or go back <BR> 1a1c) to return unto, go back, come back <BR> 1a1d) of dying <BR> 1a1e) of human relations (fig) <BR> 1a1f) of spiritual relations (fig) <BR> 1a1f1) to turn back (from God), apostatise <BR> 1a1f2) to turn away (of God) <BR> 1a1f3) to turn back (to God), repent <BR> 1a1f4) turn back (from evil) <BR> 1a1g) of inanimate things <BR> 1a1h) in repetition <BR> 1b) (Polel) <BR> 1b1) to bring back <BR> 1b2) to restore, refresh, repair (fig) <BR> 1b3) to lead away (enticingly) <BR> 1b4) to show turning, apostatise <BR> 1c) (Pual) restored (participle) <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to cause to return, bring back <BR> 1d1) to bring back, allow to return, put back, draw back, give back, restore, relinquish, give in payment <BR> 1d2) to bring back, refresh, restore <BR> 1d3) to bring back, report to, answer <BR> 1d4) to bring back, make requital, pay (as recompense) <BR> 1d5) to turn back or backward, repel, defeat, repulse, hinder, reject, refuse <BR> 1d6) to turn away (face), turn toward <BR> 1d7) to turn against <BR> 1d8) to bring back to mind <BR> 1d9) to show a turning away 1d10) to reverse, revoke <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to be returned, be restored, be brought back <BR> 1f) (Pulal) brought back 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yā·šu·ḇū
         flowed back 
    
 
        
            וַיְכַסּ֤וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְכַסּ֤וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ḵas·sū
                
                
                     and covered 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3680 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cover, conceal, hide <BR> 1a) (Qal) conceal, covered (participle)<BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be covered <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to cover, clothe <BR> 1c2) to cover, conceal <BR> 1c3) to cover (for protection) <BR> 1c4) to cover over, spread over <BR> 1c5) to cover, overwhelm <BR> 1d) (Pual) <BR> 1d1) to be covered <BR> 1d2) to be clothed <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to cover oneself, clothe oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ḵas·sū
         and covered 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הָרֶ֙כֶב֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָרֶ֙כֶב֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·re·ḵeḇ
                
                
                     the chariots 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7393 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a team, chariot, chariotry, mill-stone, riders <BR> 1a) chariotry, chariots <BR> 1b) chariot (single) <BR> 1c) upper millstone (as riding on lower millstone) <BR> 1d) riders, troop (of riders), horsemen, pair of horsemen, men riding, ass-riders, camel-riders 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·re·ḵeḇ
         the chariots 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַפָּ֣רָשִׁ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַפָּ֣רָשִׁ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hap·pā·rā·šîm
                
                
                     and horsemen — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6571 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) horse, steed, warhorse <BR> 2) horseman 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hap·pā·rā·šîm
         and horsemen — 
    
 
        
            לְכֹל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְכֹל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵōl
                
                
                     the entire 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵōl
         the entire 
    
 
        
            חֵ֣יל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֵ֣יל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥêl
                
                
                     army 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) strength, might, efficiency, wealth, army <BR> 1a) strength <BR> 1b) ability, efficiency <BR> 1c) wealth <BR> 1d) force, army 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥêl
         army 
    
 
        
            פַּרְעֹ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַּרְעֹ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    par·‘ōh
                
                
                     of Pharaoh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6547 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Pharaoh = |great house|<BR> 1) the common title of the king of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        par·‘ōh
         of Pharaoh 
    
 
        
            הַבָּאִ֥ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַבָּאִ֥ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hab·bā·’îm
                
                
                     that had chased 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hab·bā·’îm
         that had chased 
    
 
        
            אַחֲרֵיהֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַחֲרֵיהֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·ḥă·rê·hem
                
                
                     [the Israelites] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        310 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) after the following part, behind (of place), hinder, afterwards (of time)<BR> 1a) as an adverb <BR> 1a1) behind (of place) <BR> 1a2) afterwards (of time) <BR> 1b) as a preposition <BR> 1b1) behind, after (of place) <BR> 1b2) after (of time) <BR> 1b3) besides <BR> 1c) as a conjunction <BR> 1c) after that <BR> 1d) as a substantive <BR> 1d1) hinder part <BR> 1e) with other prepositions <BR> 1e1) from behind <BR> 1e2) from following after 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·ḥă·rê·hem
         [the Israelites] 
    
 
        
            בַּיָּ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּיָּ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bay·yām
                
                
                     into the sea . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3220 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sea <BR> 1a) Mediterranean Sea <BR> 1b) Red Sea <BR> 1c) Dead Sea <BR> 1d) Sea of Galilee <BR> 1e) sea (general) <BR> 1f) mighty river (Nile) <BR> 1g) the sea (the great basin in the temple court) <BR> 1h) seaward, west, westward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bay·yām
         into the sea . 
    
 
        
            לֹֽא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹֽא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō-
                
                
                     Not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō-
         Not 
    
 
        
            אֶחָֽד׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶחָֽד׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·ḥāḏ
                
                
                     one 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·ḥāḏ
         one 
    
 
        
            בָּהֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּהֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·hem
                
                
                     of them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·hem
         of them 
    
 
        
            נִשְׁאַ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נִשְׁאַ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    niš·’ar
                
                
                     survived 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7604 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to remain, be left over, be left behind <BR> 1a) (Qal) to remain <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be left over, be left alive, survive <BR> 1b1a) remainder, remnant (participle) <BR> 1b2) to be left behind <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to leave over, spare <BR> 1c2) to leave or keep over <BR> 1c3) to have left <BR> 1c4) to leave (as a gift) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        niš·’ar
         survived 
    
 
        
            עַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ-
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) as far as, even to, until, up to, while, as far as <BR> 1a) of space <BR> 1a1) as far as, up to, even to <BR> 1b) in combination <BR> 1b1) from...as far as, both...and (with 'min' -from) <BR> 1c) of time <BR> 1c1) even to, until, unto, till, during, end <BR> 1d) of degree <BR> 1d1) even to, to the degree of, even like <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, while, to the point that, so that even 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ-
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            But the Israelites had walked through the sea on dry ground, with walls of water on their right and on their left.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּבְנֵ֧י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְנֵ֧י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·nê
                
                
                     But the Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·nê
         But the Israelites 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הָלְכ֥וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָלְכ֥וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·lə·ḵū
                
                
                     had walked 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1980 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, walk, come <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go, walk, come, depart, proceed, move, go away <BR> 1a2) to die, live, manner of life (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to walk <BR> 1b2) to walk (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to traverse <BR> 1c2) to walk about <BR> 1d) (Niphal) to lead, bring, lead away, carry, cause to walk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·lə·ḵū
         had walked 
    
 
        
            בְּת֣וֹךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּת֣וֹךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ṯō·wḵ
                
                
                     through 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8432 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, middle <BR> 1a) midst, middle <BR> 1b) into, through (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) among (of a number of persons) <BR> 1d) between (of things arranged by twos) <BR> 1e) from among (as to take or separate etc) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ṯō·wḵ
         through 
    
 
        
            הַיָּ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיָּ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yām
                
                
                     the sea 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3220 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sea <BR> 1a) Mediterranean Sea <BR> 1b) Red Sea <BR> 1c) Dead Sea <BR> 1d) Sea of Galilee <BR> 1e) sea (general) <BR> 1f) mighty river (Nile) <BR> 1g) the sea (the great basin in the temple court) <BR> 1h) seaward, west, westward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yām
         the sea 
    
 
        
            בַיַּבָּשָׁ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַיַּבָּשָׁ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇay·yab·bā·šāh
                
                
                     on dry ground , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3004 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dry land, dry ground 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇay·yab·bā·šāh
         on dry ground , 
    
 
        
            חֹמָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֹמָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥō·māh
                
                
                     with walls 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2346 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wall 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥō·māh
         with walls 
    
 
        
            וְהַמַּ֤יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַמַּ֤יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ham·ma·yim
                
                
                     of water 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4325 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) water, waters <BR> 1a) water <BR> 1b) water of the feet, urine <BR> 1c) of danger, violence, transitory things, refreshment (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ham·ma·yim
         of water 
    
 
        
            לָהֶם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֶם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hem
                
                
                     on their 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hem
         on their 
    
 
        
            מִֽימִינָ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִֽימִינָ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mî·mî·nām
                
                
                     right 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3225 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) right, right hand, right side <BR> 1a) right hand <BR> 1b) right (of direction) <BR> 1c) south (the direction of the right hand when facing East) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mî·mî·nām
         right 
    
 
        
            וּמִשְּׂמֹאלָֽם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִשְּׂמֹאלָֽם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·miś·śə·mō·lå̄m
                
                
                     and on their left . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8040 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) the left, the left hand, the left side <BR> 1a) left <BR> 1b) left hand <BR> 1c) north (as one faces east) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·miś·śə·mō·lå̄m
         and on their left . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            That day the LORD saved Israel from the hand of the Egyptians, and Israel saw the Egyptians dead on the shore.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הַה֛וּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַה֛וּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·hū
                
                
                     That 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·hū
         That 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            בַּיּ֥וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּיּ֥וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bay·yō·wm
                
                
                     day 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bay·yō·wm
         day 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֜ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֜ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            וַיּ֨וֹשַׁע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיּ֨וֹשַׁע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·wō·ša‘
                
                
                     saved 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3467 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to save, be saved, be delivered <BR> 1a) (Niphal) <BR> 1a1) to be liberated, be saved, be delivered <BR> 1a2) to be saved (in battle), be victorious <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to save, deliver <BR> 1b2) to save from moral troubles <BR> 1b3) to give victory to 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·wō·ša‘
         saved 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     Israel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         Israel 
    
 
        
            מִיַּ֣ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִיַּ֣ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mî·yaḏ
                
                
                     from the hand 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mî·yaḏ
         from the hand 
    
 
        
            מִצְרָ֑יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרָ֑יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·rā·yim
                
                
                     of the Egyptians , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·rā·yim
         of the Egyptians , 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     and Israel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         and Israel 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            וַיַּ֤רְא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּ֤רְא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yar
                
                
                     saw 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7200 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, look at, inspect, perceive, consider <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, perceive <BR> 1a3) to see, have vision <BR> 1a4) to look at, see, regard, look after, see after, learn about, observe, watch, look upon, look out, find out <BR> 1a5) to see, observe, consider, look at, give attention to, discern, distinguish <BR> 1a6) to look at, gaze at <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to appear, present oneself <BR> 1b2) to be seen <BR> 1b3) to be visible <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be seen <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to see, show <BR> 1d2) to cause to look intently at, behold, cause to gaze at <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be caused to see, be shown <BR> 1e2) to be exhibited to <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) to look at each other, face 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yar
         saw 
    
 
        
            מִצְרַ֔יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרַ֔יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     the Egyptians 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ra·yim
         the Egyptians 
    
 
        
            מֵ֖ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵ֖ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mêṯ
                
                
                     dead 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4191 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to die, kill, have one executed <BR> 1a)(Qal) <BR> 1a1) to die <BR> 1a2) to die (as penalty), be put to death <BR> 1a3) to die, perish (of a nation) <BR> 1a4) to die prematurely (by neglect of wise moral conduct) <BR> 1b) (Polel) to kill, put to death, dispatch <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) to kill, put to death <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be killed, be put to death <BR> 1d1a) to die prematurely 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mêṯ
         dead 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         on 
    
 
        
            שְׂפַ֥ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׂפַ֥ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śə·p̄aṯ
                
                
                     the shore 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8193 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lip, language, speech, shore, bank, brink, brim, side, edge, border, binding <BR> 1a) lip (as body part) <BR> 1b) language <BR> 1c) edge, shore, bank (of cup, sea, river, etc) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śə·p̄aṯ
         the shore 
    
 
        
            הַיָּֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיָּֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yām
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3220 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sea <BR> 1a) Mediterranean Sea <BR> 1b) Red Sea <BR> 1c) Dead Sea <BR> 1d) Sea of Galilee <BR> 1e) sea (general) <BR> 1f) mighty river (Nile) <BR> 1g) the sea (the great basin in the temple court) <BR> 1h) seaward, west, westward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yām
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            When Israel saw the great power that the LORD had exercised over the Egyptians, the people feared the LORD and believed in Him and in His servant Moses.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     When Israel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         When Israel 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            וַיַּ֨רְא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּ֨רְא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yar
                
                
                     saw 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7200 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, look at, inspect, perceive, consider <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, perceive <BR> 1a3) to see, have vision <BR> 1a4) to look at, see, regard, look after, see after, learn about, observe, watch, look upon, look out, find out <BR> 1a5) to see, observe, consider, look at, give attention to, discern, distinguish <BR> 1a6) to look at, gaze at <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to appear, present oneself <BR> 1b2) to be seen <BR> 1b3) to be visible <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be seen <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to see, show <BR> 1d2) to cause to look intently at, behold, cause to gaze at <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be caused to see, be shown <BR> 1e2) to be exhibited to <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) to look at each other, face 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yar
         saw 
    
 
        
            הַגְּדֹלָ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגְּדֹלָ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gə·ḏō·lāh
                
                
                     the great 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1419 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) great <BR> 1a) large (in magnitude and extent) <BR> 1b) in number <BR> 1c) in intensity <BR> 1d) loud (in sound) <BR> 1e) older (in age) <BR> 1f) in importance <BR> 1f1) important things <BR> 1f2) great, distinguished (of men) <BR> 1f3) God Himself (of God) <BR> subst <BR> 1g) great things <BR> 1h) haughty things <BR> 1i) greatness <BR> n pr m <BR> 1j) (CLBL) Haggedolim, the great man?, father of Zabdiel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gə·ḏō·lāh
         the great 
    
 
        
            הַיָּ֣ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיָּ֣ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yāḏ
                
                
                     power 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yāḏ
         power 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֨ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֨ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         that 
    
 
        
            יְהוָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            עָשָׂ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָשָׂ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·śāh
                
                
                     had exercised 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·śāh
         had exercised 
    
 
        
            בְּמִצְרַ֔יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּמִצְרַ֔יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     over the Egyptians , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·miṣ·ra·yim
         over the Egyptians , 
    
 
        
            הָעָ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעָ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ām
                
                
                     the people 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nation, people <BR> 1a) people, nation <BR> 1b) persons, members of one's people, compatriots, country-men <BR> 2) kinsman, kindred 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ām
         the people 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            וַיִּֽירְא֥וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּֽירְא֥וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yî·rə·’ū
                
                
                     feared 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3372 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fear, revere, be afraid <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to fear, be afraid <BR> 1a2) to stand in awe of, be awed <BR> 1a3) to fear, reverence, honour, respect <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be fearful, be dreadful, be feared <BR> 1b2) to cause astonishment and awe, be held in awe <BR> 1b3) to inspire reverence or godly fear or awe <BR> 1c) (Piel) to make afraid, terrify <BR> 2) (TWOT) to shoot, pour 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yî·rə·’ū
         feared 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            וַיַּֽאֲמִ֙ינוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּֽאֲמִ֙ינוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ya·’ă·mî·nū
                
                
                     and believed 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        539 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to support, confirm, be faithful <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to support, confirm, be faithful, uphold, nourish <BR> 1a1a) foster-father (subst.) <BR> 1a1b) foster-mother, nurse <BR> 1a1c) pillars, supporters of the door <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be established, be faithful, be carried, make firm <BR> 1b1a) to be carried by a nurse <BR> 1b1b) made firm, sure, lasting <BR> 1b1c) confirmed, established, sure <BR> 1b1d) verified, confirmed <BR> 1b1e) reliable, faithful, trusty <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to stand firm, to trust, to be certain, to believe in <BR> 1c1a) stand firm <BR> 1c1b) trust, believe 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ya·’ă·mî·nū
         and believed 
    
 
        
            בַּֽיהוָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּֽיהוָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     in Him 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         in Him 
    
 
        
            עַבְדּֽוֹ׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַבְדּֽוֹ׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḇ·dōw
                
                
                     and in His servant 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5650 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) slave, servant <BR> 1a) slave, servant, man-servant <BR> 1b) subjects <BR> 1c) servants, worshippers (of God) <BR> 1d) servant (in special sense as prophets, Levites etc) <BR> 1e) servant (of Israel) <BR> 1f) servant (as form of address between equals) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḇ·dōw
         and in His servant 
    
 
        
            וּבְמֹשֶׁ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְמֹשֶׁ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·mō·šeh
                
                
                     Moses . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·mō·šeh
         Moses .